ENGLISH PRACTICE 1

I. Find the word whose underlined part is pronounced different from others. (5 points)

1. A. candy B. sandy C. many D. handy

2. A. earning B. learning C. searching D. clearing
3. A. pays B. stays C. says D. plays
4. A. given B. risen C. ridden D. whiten
5. A. cough B. tough C. rough D. enough

II. Choose A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences. (10 points)

1. My brother is studying hard_______ pass the exam.

A. for B. in order to C. so to D. so that

2. We have studied_______ seven o'clock.

A. for B. at C. since D. to

3. He was born in England. English is his_______.

A. mother tongue B. first language C. foreign language D. A and B are correct

4. It's dangerous_______ in this river.

A. swim B. to swim C. swimming D. swam

5. _______ to America yet?

A. Were you B. Have you ever been C. Were you been D. Are you

6. The boy was_______ by the dog

A. bite B. bit C. bited D. bitten

7. My father used_______ me to school.

A. took B. taking C. to take D. take

8. Would you mind_______ for a few minutes?

A. to wait B. waiting C. wait D. be waiting

9. My father didn't go to college; ___________ did my mother.

A. none B. either C. so D. neither

10. Each of us must take___________ for our own actions.

A. probability B. ability C. possibility D. responsibility

III. Complete the sentences, use the correct form of the words in the brackets. (10 points)

Page 1
1. Would you mind if I (smoke)____________?

2. Surface mail is much (cheap)____________ than airmail.

3. He (live)____________ in this city since 2000.

4. The man (sit)____________ next to me was very nervous.

5. The children (play)____________ when It started to rain.

6. We (learn)____________ French grammar at the moment.

7. Could you give me some (inform)____________?

8. Mr. Hung told me (tell)____________ him the truth.

9. My father can read (good)____________ without glasses.

10. Nam must (do)____________ the homework himself.

IV. Underline and correct the mistake in the sentences. (20 points)

1. They didn't let me to go. ………………….. ……………….

2. When John is four, he came to London with his parents. ………………….. ……………….

3. How long have you living here? ………………….. ……………….

4. They are going to school by foot. ………………….. ……………….

5. Do you mind if I smoking in the room? ………………….. ……………….

6. His garden isn't as large than mine. ………………….. ……………….

7. We haven't talked to your sister since a long time. ………………….. ……………….

8. There are much than eighty stores in the mall. ………………….. ……………….

9. The toys keeping in the box are worth 30 dollars. ………………….. ……………….

10. This school is different mine. ………………….. ……………….

V. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition. (10 points)

1. I am interested_____________ reading books.

2. She is tired_____________ living in the city.

3. This restaurant is famous_____________ Chinese food.

4. The ambulance will be there_____________ a bout 5 minutes.

5. Bobby started school_____________ the age of five.

6. I am very keen_____________ music.

Page 2
7. Na got up late this morning because her alarm clock didn’t go_____________.

8. I’m looking forward_____________ seeing in June.

9. Could I help you_____________ your bag?

10. They are traveling to the airport_____________ a bus.

VI. Complete the passage with the suitable words. (10 points)

Learning a language is, in some way, like (1)____________ how to fly or play the piano. There
(2)____________ important differences, but there is a very important similarity. It is this: learning how to do
such things needs lots (3) _____________________ practice. It is never simply to “know” something. You
must be able to “do” things with what (4)____________ know. For example, it is not enough simply to read a
book on (5)____________ to fly an aero-plane. A (6)____________ can give you lots of information about
how to fly, but if only read a book and then try to (7)____________ without a great deal of practice first, you
will crash and kill (8)____________. The same is true of (9)____________ the piano. So you think it is enough
simply to read about it? Can you play the piano without having lots of (10)____________ first?

VIII. Rewrite the following sentences. (10 points)

1. The last time I saw her was in 2005.

 I haven't ......................................................

2. He is writing a book on biology.

 A book on biology ...................................

3. Going swimming in the summer is interesting.

 It .....................................................................

4. He was punished by his mother.

 His mother..................................................

5. “Don’t play video games too much, Minh" Mr. Ha said.

 Mr Ha asked ...............................................

6. Tom is not as tall as Mary.

 Mary...............................................................

7. How is the weather?

What’s.............................................................

8. “Please turn down the radio for me,” said my father.

Page 3
 My father asked.........................................

9. Many trees are cut down to make paper.

 They................................................................

10. She cleaned the house. Then she went to the market.

 After................................................................

IX. Complete the following sentences based on the given cues. (5 points)

1. How long/ it/ take you/ get/ school? ..............................................................................

2. He/ not interested/ buy/ new/ house. ..............................................................................

3. I/ play badminton/ Nam/ when/ my friends/ come. ..............................................................................

4. I/ bored/ doing/ same thing/ day after day. ..............................................................................

5. Marie Curie/ born/ Poland/ 1867. ..............................................................................

Page 4
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 2
I. Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others. (5 pts)

1. A. claim B. wait C. said D. paid

2. A. watch B. bath C. want D. wash

3. A. sure B. mixture C. injure D. pleasure

4. A. few B. new C. threw D. knew

5. A. clothes B. matches C. colleges D. churches

II. Use the correct form of the verbs in parentheses to complete the sentences. (10 pts)

1. This building (build)________________________________ over 100 years ago.

2. You always (watch)__________________________ television. You should do something more active.

3. Please stop laughing. I hate (laugh)_______________________________ at by others.

4. It (not rain)_________________________________ much in the winter .

5. They’d rather you ( not come)________________________ to the party too late.

III. Choose the word or phrase that best completes each sentence. (15 pts)

1. Helen is my aunt’s daughter so she is my_____________.

A. sister B. cousin C. niece D. friend

2. His______________ always makes people laugh.

A. quiet character B. sense of humor C. smiles D. humorous

3. The window______________ last night has been repaired.

A. break B. breaked C. broken D. breaking

4. This is a contest in which people have to arrange flowers so it’s a______________ contest.

A. flower- arranging B. flowers- arranging C. arranging- flower D. flower- arrange

5. Children who don’t have parents often live in a(n)______________.

A. hotel B. house C. orphanage D. hostel

6. It took him ages to______________ living in the new town.

A. get use to B. be used to C. will used to D. will use to

7. My parents make me______________ for my exam.

A. to study B. study C. studying D. studied

8. I would rather you______________ me the story.

Page 5
 A. tell B. told C. to tell D. telling

9. “War and Peace”______________ the longest book I have ever read.

A. are B. was C. were D. is

10. As she was running, suddenly she stumbled______________ a rock and fell______________

A. at/ off B. in/ out C. over/ down D. of/ down

11. That’s a______________ building.

A. five- floor B. five- floors C. five- floor’s D. five- floors’

12. She helped me______________ the house.

A. to clean B. cleaning C. clean D. both a and c

13. ______________ is a book in which you can look up telephone number.

A. Mobile phone B. Public telephone C. Telephone directory D. Answering machine

14. ______________ is a large piece of furniture where you can hang your clothes.

A. Wardrobe B. Refrigerator C. Desk D. Counter.

15. Jane really enjoys______________ to dinner parties.

A. inviting B. being inviting C. being invited D. be invited

IV. Choose the words or phrases that are not correct. (5 pts)

1. When he came, I watched a football match on TV.

A B C D

2. When Andrew saw the question, he was knowing the answer immediately.

A B C D

3. Mai has stayed on her uncle's farm for last week.

A B C D

4. I'm looking forward to hear from you.

A B C D

5. They asked me don’t talk during the discussion.

A B C D

V. Give the correct form of the words in parentheses. (10 pts)

1. Life is more_____________ now. (comfort)

2. There are many cultural_____________ between his country and mine. (differ)
Page 6
3. It is_____________ to eat much sugar and fat. (health)

4. These medicines can work well with your_____________ (ill)

5. There was no_____________ for his absence from class yesterday. (explain)

6. Is he sleeping? - No, he is still_____________. (wake)

7. Every week, there are two_____________ from Ha Noi to Ho Chi Minh city. (fly)

8. They had an_____________ Christmas vacation. (enjoy)

9. He is a well- known_____________. (photograph)

10. The_____________ she gave last night was marvelous. (perform)

VI. Rewrite the following sentences without changing the meaning. (10 pts)

1. They have planted a lot of green trees this year.

A lot of green trees______________.

2. ''I don't behave very well in front of a crowd,'' said Peter.

Peter said that________________________.

3. The town was farther than we thought.

The town wasn’t as______________.

4. We spend five hours studying English every day.

It______________________________________________________.

5. “You had better not eat much sugar.”

She advised me_______________________.

6. “Can you wait for me outside the movie theatre?”

He asked his friend______________.

7. “Don’t be silly.” He said to the boy.

He_____________________________________________________.

8. We can’t drink the water because it’s too hot.

The water isn’t________________________.

9. It has been raining for five hours.

It started________________________________________.

10. To help mom at home is a good activity.

It is____________________________________________________.
Page 7
VII. Read the passages the fill in each blank with a suitable word. (10 pts)

How Nam has improved his English.

In the first year of lower secondary (1)______________________, I had some difficulties in learning
English. My English pronunciation (2)________________________ really bad and my English grammar was
worse. I did not (3)_______________________________ how to improve them. I didn’t want my father
(4)______________________________ mother to know about this. One afternoon after the lesson, my teacher
(5)______________________________ English told me to wait (6)________________________________
her outside the classroom. She took (7)________________________________ to the school library and
showed me tapes of pronunciation drills kept in a glass bookcase. She also told me how to use an English-
English dictionary to (8)__________________________________ my English grammar. “Now I think you
know what you should do” she said. I made much progress and only one year later, I won the first
(9)______________________________ in the English Speaking Contest
(10)________________________________ for secondary school students in my hometown.

VIII. Fill in the blanks with a suitable preposition. (10 pts)

1. The post office is not far____ my house.

2. Mrs. Lien said you could reach her____ 8 603 312.

3. Snow is falling all____ the country.

4. Will you pick me____ after the party?

5. We all agreed____ their request for a full investigation.

I. Chọn từ có phần gạch chân được phát âm khác. (5 pts)

1. A. looked B. watched C. carried D. stopped

2. A. study B. success C. surprise D. sugar

3. A. unite B. underline C. university D. uniform

4. A. danger B. angry C. language D. passage

5. A. character B. children C. teacher D. change

II. Chọn từ có âm tiết được nhấn khác với các từ còn lại. (5 pts)

1. A. realize B. improve C. possible D. comfortable

Page 8
2. A. important B. especially C. prefer D. influence

3. A. general B. opinion C. abroad D. surprise

4. A. comfort B. nation C. apply D. moment

5. A. medical B. advise C. vegetables D. physical

III. Chọn câu trả lời đúng nhất. Khoanh tròn vào chữ cái A, B, C, hoặc D. (15 pts)

1. Are you interested_____________ playing badminton after class?

A. in B. with C. on D. for

2. "What_____________ going to Hanoi tomorrow?"

A. to B. in C. about D. for

3. Hoa works very_____________ so she always gets good marks.

A. badly B. good C. hardly D. hard

4. The building was built_____________ 1962 and 1969.

A. between B. from C. since D. for

5. This school_____________ in 1997

A. built B. is built C. was built D. has built

6. Of all my friends, Hoa is_____________.

A. the tallest B. the most tallest C. taller D. more taller

7. Would you mind if I_____________ a photo?

A. take B. took C. would take D. am going to take

8. Last week I_____________ my children to the biggest zoo in town.

A. got B. brought C. fetch D. took

9. Are you proud_____________ your country and its tradition?

A. about B. on C. of D. for

10. Do you collect stamps or other things? - Yes, I am a stamp_____________.

A. collecting B. collector C. collect D. collection

11. It is very dangerous_____________ in the polluted environment.

A. to live B. lives C. living D. live

12. Our_____________ resources are limited so we should recycle all used things.

A. nature B. natural C. naturing D. naturally

Page 9
13. His car is the same color_____________ my uncle’s.

A. alike B. as C. like D. to

14. This ruler_____________ of plastic.

A. make B. made C. is making D. is made

15. I take part_____________ most youth activities of my school.

A. in B. of C. on D. at

IV. Dùng đúng thời, dạng của động từ cho trong ngoặc. (10 pts)

Nowadays, a lot of important inventions (1. carry out)___________ by scientists (2. work)___________ for
large industrial firms. However, there (3. be)___________ still opportunities for other people (4.
invent)___________ various things. In Britain, there is a weekly TV program which (5. attempt)___________
to show all the devices which people (6. invent)___________ recently. The people (7. organize)___________
the program receive information about 700 inventions per year. New ideas can (8. develop)___________ by
private inventors. However, it is important (9. consider)___________ these questions : Will it work? Will it
(10. want)___________? Is it new?

V. Điền vào chỗ trống một giới từ phù hợp. (10 pts)

1. Could I help you ________________________ your bag?

2. Na got up late this morning because her alarm clock didn’t go _____________________ .

3. I’m looking forward ______________________ seeing you in June.

4. In the competition, everyone fell ________________________ the deep and dangerous water.

5. Ha Long Bay is recognized _______________________ UNESCO as a World Heritage Site

6. They have a meeting _____________________ 6.30 and 9.30.

7. My mother often picks me _____________________ from the school.

8. I’m going to invite my friends to come over _____________________ dinner tonight.

9. Next summer, my family will have a vacation ___________ Thailand and stay there __________ one week.

VI. Điền đúng dạng của từ được in hoa để hoàn thành câu. (10 pts)

1. We have two postal __________________________________ a day.

2. He left the room without __________________________________.

3. Playing tennis is one of his favorite ________________________.

4. We started our trip on a beautiful ________________________ morning.

5. They left the house in a _________________________________ mess.

Page 10
6. He said “Good morning” in a most ________________________ way.

7. There is no easy ________________________ to this problem.

8. He always drives more _______________________________ at night.

9. Does this ______________________________ suit you?

10. He is a very ________________________________ carpenter.

(DELIVER)

(EXPLAIN)

(ACT)

(SUN)

(FRIGHT)

(FRIEND)

(SOLVE)

(CARE)

(ARRANGE)

(SKILL)

VII. Gạch chân lỗi sai ở mỗi dòng trong đoạn văn sau rồi sửa sang bên (như ví dụ). (10pts)

Example: 0. I haven’t saw you for two month 0. seen

Nam is a student. This year he had a very interested summer

1. _____________________

holiday. He traveled, with him classmates, to a mountainous area

2. _____________________

in Hoa Binh province. They gone there to help make a road

3. _____________________

through a forest among two villages. “ It was very difficult

4. _____________________

because there had no water to drink and no shops where we

5. _____________________

could bought food,”said Nam. “ It was very cold and wet

6. _____________________
Page 11
in the mountains. It is one of the wetter places in the country.”

7. _____________________

Nam stayed in the mountains since six weeks. It was hard work,

8. _____________________

But he says it was the best thing he has ever did. He is hoping

9. _____________________

to return next year to do any more work there

10. ____________________

VIII. Điền 01 từ vào chỗ trống để hoàn thành đoạn văn sau. (10 pts)

Learning a language is, in some way, like (1)_____________ how to fly or play the piano. There
(2)_____________ important differences, but there is a very important similarity. It is this: learning how to do
such things needs lots (3)_____________ practice. It is never simply to “know” something. You must be able
to “do” things with what (4)_____________ know. For example, it is not enough simply to read a book on
(5)_____________ to fly an aero-plane. A (6)_____________ can give you lots of information about how to
fly, but if only read a book and then try to (7)_____________ without a great deal of practice first, you will
crash and kill (8)_____________ . The same is true of (9)_____________ the piano. So you think it is enough
simply to read about it? Can you play the piano without having lots of (10)_____________ first?

X. Dùng từ gợi ý viết lại các câu sau sao cho nghĩa của câu không thay đổi. (10 pts)

1. Keeping the environment clean is very important.

- It’s ………………………………

2. They will show the time machine to the public when they finish it.

- The time machine ………..

3. He was delighted to receive his aunt’s letter.

- He was delighted that……

4. Old car tires are recycled to make shoes and sandals.

- People…………………………..

5. I’m very sad that I wasn’t accepted in that group.

- I’m very sad not……………….

Page 12
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 5
I. Choose A, B, C, or D to complete each of the following sentences. (15 pts)

1. Would you mind my____________?

A. smoking B. smoke C. smokes D. smoked

2. I____________ to see you at the meeting. Why didn’t you come?

A. waited B. expected C. thought D. looked

3. All of us were____________ that he came first. He hasn’t been working hard so far.

A. surprising B. to surprise C. to be surprised D. surprised

4. Where is Janet? – She’s out. She said she____________ back soon.

A. is B. will be C. would be D. came

5. Several people were hurt in the accident but only one____________ to the hospital.

A. has taken B. was taken C. was taking D. are taking

6. The policeman explained to us____________ to get to the airport.

A. how B. how can we C. how we can D. how can

7. I telephoned the station to make____________ of the time of the train.

A. true B. real C. right D. sure

8. The college got some money by selling one of its____________ old pictures.

A. helpful B. usual C. valuable D. useful

9. –“Pass me that pen, please!” – “________________________.”

A. Here you are B. No, it isn’t C. It doesn’t matter D. Yes, please

10. He____________ in the cafe when she came in.

A. sat B. has sat C. has been sitting D. was sitting

11. It was raining____________ we cancelled the trip to Mount Faber.

A. although B. so C. because D. but

12. How far is it from Ha Noi to Hoa Binh? – It____________ about two hours by bus.

A. takes B. goes C. needs D. wants

13. Everybody was there, including____________ Mr. and Mrs. Smith.

A. with B. of C. ___ D. in

14. She hasn’t written to me____________.

Page 13
 A. any longer B. never C. already D. yet

15. Surely David’s not going to drive____________ he?

A. does B. is C. isn’t D. will

VI. Fill in the blanks with one suitable word. The first letter has been provided: (10 pts)

Every December millions of Christmas cards go through the post. There are pictures of stars and snow or
Christmas (1) t____________. In these days it is hard to think of Christmas (2) w___________ Christmas
cards. Yet little over a hundred and fifty years ago there were (3) n____________ at all. Here is just one story
of the way in which they started. Some boys of those days who were at boarding schools had to write a special
piece of English at Christmas (4) t____________. This was sent to their (5) p____________ so that they could
see how the boys' work was during the year. Young people like to make little (6) d____________ on the paper
when they write letters or poems. These boys were the (7) s____________. They used to draw little pictures all
(8)r____________ the writing. Sometimes they coloured them, and after a time the pictures became more
(9)i____________ than the writing. These were the (10) f____________ Christmas cards.

VII. Rewrite sentences as directed. (10 pts)

1. You forgot to turn off the TV last night, didn’t you?

You didn’t...................................?

2. Despite his age, Mr. Thanh runs five kilometres every morning.

Even...............................................

3. When he is asked about his past, he hates it.

He hates........................................

4. The robbers made the bank manager hand over the money.

The bank manager..................................

5. She hasn’t been to Ho Chi Minh City for three years.

The last........................................................

Page 14
 ENGLISH
PRACTICE 6
I. Choose the word in each group that has the underlined, italic part pronounced differently from the rest.

1. A. claimed B. warned C. occurred D. existed

2. A. sugar B. sight C. source D. sale

3. A. flood B. typhoon C. groom D. balloon

4. A. dynamite B. terrify C. symbol D. deny

5. A. thunder B. earthquake C. gather D. healthy

6. A. hobby B. honest C. humor D. hole

II. Choose A, B, C, D to complete the following sentences.

1. We think that Mother’s Day should be celebrated___________.

A. nationalhood B. nation wide C. nationality D. nation

2. We are going to___________ the anniversary of our 50th wedding.

A. to celebrate B. celebrated C. celebrating D. celebration

3. She cried with___________ when she heard the news. It was her___________ time.

A. joy/joyful B. joyful/joy C. joyfully/joy D. joy/joyfully

4. Auld Lang Syne is a song___________ is sung on New Year’s Eve.

A. which B. who C. whom D. when

5. ___________ he likes chocolate, he tries not to eat it.

A.as B. though C. since D. despite

6. The car___________ he has just bought is very expensive.

A. who B. whom C. which D. whose

7. According to the weather___________, it will be raining tonight.

A. forecast B. forecaster C. forecasted D. forecasting

Page 15
8. Yesterday a hurricane hit the ___________ of Vung Tau city.

A. coaster B. coast C. coasting D. coastal

9. We must find a shelter now because of the ___________ storm.

A. forecast B. forecaster C. forcastered D. forecasing

10. Pompeii was completely___________ in AD 79 by an eruption of Mount Vesuvius.

A. to destroy B. destroy C. destroyded D. destroying

11. Daddy, it’s the weather forecast___________ TV

A. in B. to C. on D. at

12. Don’t hurry. We need these documents___________ delay.

A. under B. without C. in D. at

13. Hue will have temperatures___________ 230C and 270C.

A. at B. between C. in D. with

14. I am preparing for the picnic___________ my friends tomorrow.

A. in B. at C. on D. with

15. Tidal waves___________ the result of an abrupt shift in the underwater movement of the Earth.

A. are B. were C. is D. was

16. I can’t hear what you are saying. Can you___________ the radio?

A. turn on B. turn off C. turn up D. turn over

17. Neil Armstrong, ___________ walked on the moon, lived in the USA.

A. which B. whom C. who D. whose

18. Marie Curie, ___________ is one of the greatest women in our time, discovered radium.

A. whom B. whose C. which D. who

19. I’ll bring some rain coasts just in case. I hope my friend____________ laugh at me.

A. didn’t B. won’t C. don’t D. haven’t

20. The ___________ can know when a volcano will erupt nowadays.

A. science B. siencetist C. siencetists D. siencetifically

IV. Read the passage below and circle the letter (A, B, C or D) next to the word that best fits each numbered
space.

The rockies

Page 16
The rockies Mountain run almost the length (0)___________ North American. They start in the North- West,
but lie only a (1)___________ hundred miles from the centre in more southern areas. Although the Rockies are
smaller (2)___________ the Alps, they are no less wonderful. There are many roads across the Rockies,
(3)___________ the best way to see them is to (4)___________ by train. You start from Vancouver,
(5)___________ most attractive of Canada’s big cities. Standing with its feet in the water and its head in the
mountains, this city (6)___________ its residents to ski on slopes just 15 minutes by car from the city
(7)___________ .Thirty passenger trains a day used to (8)___________ off from Vancouver on the cross-
continent railway. Now there are just three a week, but the ride is still a great adventure. You sleep on board,
(9)___________ is fun, but travel through some of the best (10)___________ at night.

A. in

B. down

C. of

D. through

A. many

B. lot

C. few

D. couple

A. from

B. to

C. as

D. than

A. but

B. because

C. unless

D. since

A. drive

B. travel
Page 17
C. ride

D. pass

A. a

B. one

C. the

D. Its

A. lest

B. allows

C. offers

D. gives

A. centre

B. cricle

C. middle

D. heart

A. leave

B. get

C. take

D. set

A. when

B. which

C. who

D.where

10

A. scenery
Page 18
B. view

C.site

D. beauty

Câu II ( 1,5 diểm): Viết dạng đúng của các động từ trong ngoặc để hoàn thành các câu sau:
1. There (be)____________ 20 students in class 9A. They are learning English now.
2. When I (ariver)____________ yesterday, he was watching TV.
3. They (live)____________ here sine 2003.
4. My brother likes (play)____________ Soccer in his free time.
5. The boy is too young (ride)____________ a motorbike.
6. A modem hospital should (build)____________ in this town soon.
Câu VI ( 2,5 điểm): Viết lại các câu sau sao cho nghĩa không thay đổi, bắt đầy bằng cụm từ cho sẵn:
1. They clean this room everyday.
→ This room is ________________________________________________________________________
2. Mary is taller than Anne.
→ Anne is not as _______________________________________________________________________
3. Why don’t we watch a film now?
→ What about _________________________________________________________________________
4. “Would you like to have some coffee?, said Tom to Mary.
→ Tom invited ___________________________________________________
5. I cannot remember the man’s name. He phoned me last night.
→ The man whose______________________________________________________________________

Page 19
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 9
Part A: (1,0 point) Phonetics
Choose the word in each group that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest. Write A,
B, C or D on your answer sheet.
11 1. A. birthday B. mouth C. athletics D. gather
2. A. purpose B. consumer C. comprise D. collapse
3. A. ceremony B. necessity C. celebrate D. preparation
4. A. admission B. decision C. revision D. provision
5. A. locate B. decorate C. nominate D. private
Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from that of the others. Write A, B, C or D on your
answer sheet.
6. A. celebration B. congratulate C. activity D. considerate
7. A. supermarket B. entertainment C. competitionD. anniversary
8. A. behave B. install C. predict D. damage
9. A. institute B. festival C. deposit D. resident
10. A. generous B. extreme C. lonely D. clothing
PART B: (3,0 points) VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR
I. Choose the best word or phrase to complete the following sentences. Write A, B, C or D on your answer
sheet (2,0 points).
1. Herbs ___________ in soups and sauces.
A. are used to be B. are often used C. often use D. get used to being
2. During the war, we ___________ many relatives.
A. set an example for B. took for granted C. lost touch with D. made mention of
3. You are late again, please try to be ___________ in the future.
A. accurate B. punctual C. efficient D. reliable
4. ___________ every part of the world has experienced an earthquake in recent years.
A. Most B. Almost C. Each D. Nearby
5. I have known a person ___________ hometown is famous for grapefruits.
A. who B. that C. whose D. whom
6. I’ll come back ___________ New Year, exactly ___________ the morning of January 1st.
A. on/ in B. at/ in C. in/ on D. at/ on
7. She’d prefer to go out ___________ home.
A. than to stay B. than staying C. rather than stay D. rather than to stay
8. Mark is motivated to study ___________ he knows that a good education can improve his life.
A. therefore B. because C. because of D. so
9. My sister is interested ___________ poems.
A. to compose B. in compose C. in composing D. for composing
10. She gave me two mangoes but ___________ of them was ripe.
A. neither B. none C. both D. not all
11. What a busy day it’s been, ___________?
A. hasn’t it B. isn’t it C. wasn’t it D. doesn’t it
12. It is very important that students have full ___________ to all library facilities, including multimedia
and group-work room.
A. agreement B. license C. access D. update
13. Since the appearance of karaoke recorder, they ___________ .
A. have widely used B. were widely used C. are widely used D. have been widely used
14. His writing is so bad that I can’t ___________ what he writes.
A. make out B. make off C. make up D. make for
15. My husband often does ___________ with people from Japan.
A. business B. affairs C. economy D. finances
16. According to the weather ___________, there will be rain tomorrow.
A. informationB. program C. forecast D. news
17. I am standing at the window ___________ I can see the whole view of the city.

Page 20
 A. which B. at which C. in which D. from which
18. None of this cheese ___________ good.
A. were B. are C. is being D. is
19. The doctor asked me to ___________ my shirt.
A. put off B. take off C. take out D. put out
20. The electric computer is the most ___________ invention since the steam engine.
A. reasoning B. reasonable C. dangerous D. significant
II. Supply the appropriate form of the bold words in the brackets. Write them on your answer sheet. (1,0 point)
1. We should learn all the new words by heart in order to __________ our (rich)
vocabulary.
2. He didn’t take my remarks ___________. In fact, he thought I joked. (serious)
3. Mr. John caused an accident yesterday. He drove very ___________. (care)
4. After the earthquake, a lot of people suffered from ___________. (home)
5. We must keep the environment ___________. (pollute)
6. This knife is very ___________. I can’t cut anything. (use)
7. We are really impressed by the ___________ of these villagers. (friend)
8. There used to be a big tree at the ___________ to this village. (enter)
9. We prefer to wear modern clothing at work because it is more ___________. (convenience)
10. Students feel ___________ when they are not in their favorite clothes. (comfort)
PART C: (3,0 points) READING
I. Choose the word or phrase that best fits the blank space in the following passage. Write A, B, C or D on
your answer sheet. (1,0 point)
Energy saving
Saving energy doesn’t have to be expensive or time-consuming. But what can you do to save energy?
There is (1)___________ that you can do to help the process of energy conservation. You can save energy by
doing things like making sure that the kettle doesn’t (2)___________ more water than that you need, always
washing a full load in the washing machine rather than a half load or turning down your central heating by 1 0C
– this could cut your (3)___________ bill by 10%. Making sure that hot water taps are not left
(4)___________ and replace washers if your taps drip. (5)___________ work you can turn off
(6)___________ light and your computer if you are not using them. (7)___________ to energy-saving light
bulbs – these use around a quarter of electricity, and often last eight times (8)___________ than an ordinary
bulb. Close your curtains at (9)___________ to keep the warm air from escaping through the windows.
Switching off (10)___________ appliances when they are not in use makes a big contribution to energy-
saving, too.
1. A. plenty B. lot C. little D. few
2. A. consist B. contain C. compose D. include
3. A. hot B. heat C. heating D. heated
4. A. run B. ran C. running D. flowing
5. A. By B. At C. In D. On
6. A. any B. all C. those D. no
7. A. Change B. Consume C. Buy D. Sell
8. A. higher B. shorter C. less D. more
9. A. morning B. evening C. dusk D. afternoon
10. A. electricity B. electronic C. electric D. electrical
II. Read the following passage and choose the best answer to complete the sentences. Write A, B, C or D on
your answer sheet. (1,0 point)
The agricultural revolution in the nineteenth century involved two things: the invention of labor–saving
machinery and development of scientific agriculture. Labor-saving machinery naturally appeared first where
labor was scarce. “In Europe,” said Thomas Jefferson, “the object is to make the most of their land, labor being
abundant; here it is to make the most of our labor, land being abundant”. It was in the United States, therefore,
that the great advances in 19th century agricultural machinery first came.
At the opening of the century, with the exception of a crude plough, farmers could have carried
practically all of the existing agricultural implements on their backs; by 1860, most of the machinery in use

Page 21
today had been designed in an early form. The most important of the early inventions was the iron plough. As
early as 1790 Charles Newbold of New Jersey had been working on the idea of a cast-iron plough and spent his
entire fortune in introducing his invention. The farmers, however, were not interested in it, claiming that the
iron poisoned the soil and made the weeds grow. Nevertheless, many people devoted their attention to the
plough, until in 1869 James Oliver of Indiana turned out the first chilled-steel plough.
1. What is the main topic of the passage?
A. The need for agricultural advances to help feed a growing population.
B. The development of safer machines demanded by the labor movement.
C. Machinery that contributed to the agricultural revolution.
D. New Jersey as a leader in the agricultural revolution.
2. Which of the following can be inferred from what Thomas Jefferson said?
A. Europe was changing more quickly than the United States.
B. Europe had greater need of farm machinery than the United States did.
C. The United States was finally running out of good farmland.
D. There was a shortage of workers on the United States farms.
3. What point is the author making by stating that farmers could carry nearly all their tools on their backs?
A. Farmers had few tools before the agricultural revolution.
B. People in the United States were traditionally self-reliant.
C. Life on the farm was extremely difficult.
D. New tools were designed to be portable.
4. According to the passage, which of the following statements about Charles Newbold is true?
A. He was James Oliver’s assistant.
B. He spent his own money to promote his invention.
C. He was opposed to scientific agriculture. D. He was born in Europe.
5. Why did farmer reject Newbold’s plough?
A. Their horses were frightened by it. B. They preferred lighter tools.
C. It was too expensive. D. They thought it would destroy the land.
III. Read the following passage carefully and decide whether the statements are True or False. Write True or
False on your answer sheet. (1,0 point)
Some recent research into conversation between men and women has produced results which will surprise
few women. Men are always interrupting women when they talk. One researcher feels that men regard female
talk as a kind of conversational housework. They expect women to play a supporting role. So a man interrupts
in a display of dominance or control. Men also have a much more unpleasant listening style. Whereas a woman
uses gestures or says “Mm”, a man will say such things as “right” or “OK”, thus, setting the stage for an
interruption. Conversation of this kind is, then, hardly meaningful communication. Male talk is often
argumentative while women are more tentative, asking more questions and tending to build up their replies on
what the other person has said. The research would indicate that women are better listeners than men. Yet,
listening secretly to conversations between groups of women, one has the impression of several simultaneous
monologues into which no man would be able to get a chance to speak.
1. According the writer, men feel that women’s conversation is only a support to their own.
2. The conversation between men and women is not meaningful communication because men do not really
listen to what women are saying.
3. The research shows that males are better at listening than females.
4. Men asked more questions and build up their replies on other people’s responses.
5. The writer says that when women talk together, they seem to talk at the same time.
PART D: (3,0 points) WRITING
I. Choose the underlined word or phrase that needs correcting. Write A, B, C or D on your answer sheet.
(1,0 point)
1. In case it will rain hard this afternoon, you should take the raincoat with you.
A B C D
2. Stop making so much noise or the neighbors will get angrily.
A B C D
3. If today is Sunday, I would go to the zoo with my friends.

Page 22
 A B C D
4. We suggest to plant more trees along the street to have more shades and fresh air.
A B C D
5. Today’s cars are smaller, safer, cleaner and more economical than their predecessors, but the cars
A B
of the future will be far more pollution-free as those on the road today.
C D
6. The four-days working week will certainly be a reality, so we will have more time for leisure activities.
A B C D
7. The new brochure describing all our services were delivered to us late yesterday and
A B C
were shipped out early tomorrow morning.
D
8. Dairying is concerned not only with the production of milk, and also with the manufacture of
A B C
milk products such as butter and cheese.
D
9. There was a terrible news on the radio this morning about the earthquake in Tokyo.
A B C D
10. If you like entertainment, you can relax by playing computer games or listen to computer-played music.
A B C D
II. Using the word given in each bracket and other words to complete the second sentence so that it has the
same meaning as the first. You must use between three and five words. DO NOT CHANGE THE WORD
GIVEN IN BOLD. Write your answer on the answer sheet. (1,0 point)
1. It wasn’t necessary to meet me at the airport yesterday. (needn’t)
→ You ……………………………………. me at the airport yesterday.
2. It’s not possible to play tennis because of the rain. (makes)
→ The rain ……………………………….. to play tennis.
3. I don’t intend to tell you my plan. (intention)
→ I have ………………………………… you my plan.
4. He is finding it easier to work on night shift. (used)
→ He is getting …………………………… night shift.
5. To Alan’s amazement, the passport office was closed when he arrived. (find)
→ Alan was …………………………….. the passport office was closed when he arrived.
III. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the sentence
printed before it. Write your answers on the answer sheet. (1,0 point)
1. The secretary said she was sorry she was late for the meeting.
→ The secretary apologized …………………………………………………………..
2. It was such an interesting novel that I read it again and again.
→ The novel ……………………………………………………………………………
3. The teacher started to write the lesson plan right after he returned home from work.
→ Hardly had ………………………………………………………………………….
4. They didn’t go camping yesterday because it rained heavily.
→ Because of ………………………………………………………………………….
5. She never seems to succeed even though she works hard.
→ Hard ……………………………………………………………………………….

Page 23
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 10
I. Choose the word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that best fits the space in each sentence. (2.5 pts)
1. -“May I go out for just a while?” - “____________________”
A. It’s a nice day! B. That’s great! C. Go ahead! D. Yes, you could!
2. Tidal waves are the result of an abrupt shift in the underwater_____________ of the earth.
A. movement B. moment C. pollution D. celebration
3. Thousands of lives were saved_____________ the scientists had warned them about the tsunami.
A. although B. however C. because D. therefore
4. Jane often drinks coffee in the evening, _____________?
A. doesn’t Jane B. does not she C. does she D. doesn’t she
5. I suggest that you _____________ buy a present for her on her birthday.
A. may B. can C. should D. will
6. He wants to know_____________ we will have the seminar at the Town Hall.
A. what B. when C. that D. where
7. - “Rita, I’d like_____________ a friend of mine, Lucie.” - “Pleased to meet you,
Lucie!”
A. to meet you B. introduce you to C. you see D. you to meet
8. The match takes place_____________ Saturday afternoon this week.
A. of B. on C. after D. to
9. She is the girl _____________ eyes are beautiful.
A. her B. whom C. whose D. those
10. - “Why don’t we go to the cinema now?” - “_____________”
A. Will you join us? B. Yes, let’s! C. I’d like it. D. What play is it?
III. Choose the word (A, B, C or D) that best fits the blank space in the following passage. (1,5pts)
One good reason for people to learn a foreign language is work. If your work involves regular contact with
(13) _____________ of foreign languages, being able to talk to them in their own languages will help you to
communicate with them. It may also help you to make sales and to negotiate and secure contracts. Knowledge
of foreign language may also increase your chances of (14) _____________ a new job, getting a promotion or
a transfer overseas, or of going on foreign business (15) _____________.
Many English-speaking business people don’t bother to learn other languages because they believe (16)
_____________ most of the people they do business with in foreign countries can speak English, and if they
don’t speak English, interpreters can help. The (17) _____________ of foreign language knowledge puts the
English speakers at a disadvantage. In meetings, for example, the people on the other side can discuss things
among themselves in their own language without the English speakers understanding, and using interpreters
slows everything down. In any socialising after the meetings, the locals will probably (18) _____________
more comfortable using their own language rather than English.
13. A. talkers B. sayers C. tellers D. speakers
14. A. looking B. finding C. applying D. offering
15. A. trips B. journeys C. tours D. holidays
16. A. what B. when C. that D. how
17. A. use B. study C. fluency D. lack
18. A. know B. feel C. behave D. come

Page 24
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 11
I. Choose the word in each group that has underlined, italic part pronounced differently. (5 pts)

1. A. neighbor B. receive C. weight D. great

2. A. cloudy B. windy C. dry D. rainy

3. A. compost B. shore C. order D. pour

4. A. southern B. sunbathing C. breathe D. thunder

5. A. houses B. faces C. horses D. places

II. Complete the sentences with the most suitable words. (15 pts)

6. The front yard is____________ to play soccer in.

A. small too B. so small C. too small D. very small

7. My brother feels____________ again after his operation.

A. strongly B. strength C. strong D. enough strong

8. Their family had a few____________ rest after a long trip.

A. hours B. hour’s C. hours’ D. hour

9. Her son was absent from school____________ of his illness last Tuesday.

A. because B. instead C. though D. but

10. Susan is the____________ of the three girls.

A. prettier B. prettiest C. pretty D. prettily

11. ____________ the beginning of the day called morning or evening?

A. Is B. Are C. Does D. Can

12. Nam____________ familiar with getting up early in winter two years ago.

A. was B. were C. is D. has been

13. The school yard was____________ with students.

A. crowd B. crowds C. crowded D. crowding

14. After a month, Hoa got used to____________ in her new school.

A. study B. studying C. studied D. is studying

15. My father always drives____________. He is a____________ driver.

A. carefully/ careful B. carefully/ carefully C. carefully/ care D. careful/carefully

16. Unless you work hard, you____________ fail the exams.

Page 25
A. won’t fail B. will fail C. don’t fail D. didn’t fail

17. Mr Minh used to____________ a lot when he was young.

A. smoke B. smoking C. smoked D.be smoking

18. She told me____________ up too late.

A. don’t stay B. not to stay C. not stay D. to not stay

19. Why are you turning on the TV? I____________ the news.
A. will watch B. am going to watch C. watch D. watched

20. Hung is____________ to ride motorbike to school.

A. not old enough B. old not enough C. enough old not D. enough not old

III. Choose A, B, C, D to complete the paragraph. (10 pts)

I had a terrible time last Saturday. It (21)____________ cold, but quite sunny, so after lunch I walked
into town. I wanted to buy a pullover. I was looking in the window of a clothes (22)____________ when
someone stole my wallet. While I was walking home, it started (23)____________ and I arrived home cold and
miserable. I decided to have a hot bath. I was getting ready to have my bath (24)____________ the doorbell
rang. It was a flower seller and it took me several minutes to make him go away. Unfortunately, all the time he
was talking (25)____________ me, the water was running. You can imagine how the kitchen was!
21. A. was B. is C. has been D. were

22. A. office B. bar C. shop D. café

23. A. rain B. rained C. rains D. to rain

24. A. where B. when C. if D. so

25. A. to B. out C. of D. on

IV. Read the passage carefully, then choose the statements T/F. (10 pts)

It is a custom in Britain and in most European countries to celebrate a person’s day. Members of the
family and close friends are supposed to be present at the party. If they can’t come they may send a gift by
post. At the birthday party, the person who gives birth day party opens all the gifts in front of all the people
present and thanks them for the gifts.

The mother usually makes a birthday cake, or if she can’t, she may order one from a cake- shop. A
number of candles are placed on the top of the cake and will be lighted when the party starts. The number of
candles is also the age of that person. After the light is out they all sing a song “Happy birthday to you….”
Then they play some games or sing or dance together.

26. Only in Britain people celebrate people’s birthday. _____________

27. Only dear friends and members of the family are present. _____________

28. Some people may send gifts if they can’t go to the party. _____________

29. They open the gifts in front of their friends at birthday party. _____________

Page 26
30. Father always makes the cake for the party. _____________

31. You can buy a birthday cake at the cake shop. _____________

32. The cake is placed on the top of the candles. _____________

33. The candles will be lighted at the beginning of the party. _____________

34. The number of the candles is also the age of the person. _____________

35. They don’t sing any song at the party. _____________

V. Choose one verb tense. (10 pts)

36. We didn’t see/ haven’t seen each other for ages.

37. Jenny left/ has left school in 1998.

38. We didn’t go/ haven’t gone to a concert since 1998.

39. He wasn’t/ hasn’t been at work yesterday.

40. Where were you/ have you been born?

41. Alexander Graham Bell invented/ has invented the telephone.

42. This is the first time I saw/ l have seen a cricket match.

43. I just bought/ I’ve just bought a new computer. Do you want to see it?

44. Did you read/ Have you read any of Jack London novels?

45. I’m looking for Tommy. Did you see/ Have you seen him?

VI. Use the correct word form of the word in brackets. (20 pts)

46. She could feel the______________ of the child's hand in her own. WARM

47. They just finished building their new house, but it still needs a lot of______________. DECORATE

48. People who stutter are______________ for a teaching career. SUIT

49. The smell of hot coffee was very______________ on such a cold morning. INVITE

50. The soccer player Kiatisak was______________ known as “Zico of Thailand”. POPULAR

51. Many people go into the film industry to look for______________ and fortune. FAMOUS

52. The piano in her living-room was just______________. She hardly ever played it. DECORATE

53. The children were______________ well-behaved all that morning. SURPRISE

54. Winning the______________ was the great pride of the school. COMPETE

55. My grandfather is over 80, but he is still very______________. ACT

VII. Rewrite the following sentences as suggested. (20 pts)

Page 27
56. How long is it since he left school?  When…………………………………..………..

57. We can’t afford to buy the car.  The car………………………………….………

58. We arrived too late to see the film.  We didn’t………………………………………

59. If you don’t rest yourself, you will be ill.  Unless…………………….……………………..

60. Nam has never spoken to a foreigner before.  It……………………………….………….

………

61. What is the weight of your suitcase?  How………………………….…………..………

62. My house is bigger than yours.  Your house isn’t…………….………………

63. My father cleans the car every week.  The car………………………….………………

64. “Do you know to speak English?” He asked me.  He asked me………………………………….

65. Someone should do the job tomorrow.  The job……………………………….…………

Page 28
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 12
I. Choose the words that has the underline pronounced differently. (5 pts)

1. A. hurry B. hurt C. turn D. excursion

2. A. pub B. lamb C. limb D. climb

3. A. fool B. boot C. blood D. noodle

4. A. glass B. class C. grass D. mass

5. A. things B. airports C. suitcases D. calculators

II. Choose the word in the parentheses to complete the following sentences. (10 pts)

6. A prisoner_____________ this morning. (is hanged/ is hung/ was hanged/ was hung )

7. Scientists are doing their research work in the_____________. (museum/office /library /laboratory)

8. The Browns have moved into a huge_____________. (two-storey house/ house of two storey/ two-storeys
house/ house two storey)

9. In pain as a result of the fall, he_____________ slowly home. (stepped/ wound/ limped/ sped)

10. I think he’s unwell, he was complaining_____________ a headache this morning. (at/ of/ from/ against)

11. Each of the girls_____________ many books. (has/ have/ having/ to have )

12. I love this painting of an old man. He has such a beautiful_____________ smile. (childhood/ childish/
childless/ childlike)

13. I never wear yellow because It doesn’t_____________ me. (match/ fit/ like/ suit)

14. Always_____________ honest in whatever you do. (to be/ be/ being/ are )

15. If we use her house, we must pay the_____________. (fee/ fare/ rent/ tip )

III. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct tenses or forms. (10 pts)

a. We are used to (16. drive)_____________ on the left in England.

b. My family (17. be)_____________ to Ho Chi Minh city for several times.

c. By the time you got to the party, they (18. prepare)_____________ everything.

d. I hope she (19. be)_____________ pretty when she (20. grow)_____________ up

e. I wonder what (21. happen)_____________ there since we (22. leave)_____________ .

f. George (23. go)_____________ on holiday every two years.

g. When Queen Victoria (24. die)_____________ in 1901, she (25. reign)_____________ for over 60 years.

Page 29
IV. Give the correct form of the words in brackets to complete the sentences. (10 pts)

a. A successful business needs good (26. organize)______________.

b. There have been many (27. wonder)___________ developments in the field of (28.
communicate)___________.

c. No one can measure the (29. deep)_____________ of this river.

d. After the explosion, only two people were left (30. live)_____________.

e. The meeting finishes without a single (31. agree)_____________.

f. She always orders other people to do things. She is (32. boss)_____________ so I (33. like)_____________
her.

g. Since they lived (34. happy)_____________ they decided to put an end to their (35.
marry)_____________.

V. Fill in each number space with an appropriate word. (10 pts)

Television is one of man’s most important (36)_____________ of communication. It brings

(37)_____________, sounds from around the world (38)_____________ millions of homes. A person with a
TV set can sit in (39)_____________ house and watch the president (40)_____________ a speech or visit a
foreign country. He can see a war being fought and watch statesmen try to bring about peace.
(41)_____________ television, home viewers can see and learn about people, places and things in faraway
lands. TV even takes its viewers (42)_____________ of this world. It brings them coverage of America’s
astronauts as astronauts explore outer (43)_____________. In addition to all these things, TV brings its
viewers a steady stream of programs (44)_____________ are designed to entertain. In fact, TV provides many
(45)_____________ entertainment programs than any other kinds.

VI. Read the passage and choose the best answers to the questions below. (10 pts)

After inventing dynamite, Swedish-born Alfred Nobel became a very rich man. Nobel preferred not to
be remembered as the inventor of dynamite, so in 1895, just 2 weeks before his death, he created a fund to be
used for awarding prizes to people who had made world while contributions to mankind. Originally there were
five awards: literature, physics, chemistry, medicine and peace. Economics was awarded in 1968, just sixty
seven years after the first award ceremony.

Nobel’s original legacy of nine million dollars was invested and the interest in this sum is used for
awards which vary from $30,000 to $125,000.

Every year on Dec 10th, the anniversary of Nobel’s death, the awards are presented to the winners. No
awards were presented from 1940 to 1942 at the beginning of the World War II. Some people have won two
prizes but this is rare. Others have shared their prizes.

46. When did the first award ceremony take place?

A.1895 B.1901 C.1962 D.1968

Page 30
47. In how many fields are prizes presented?

A.2 B.5 C.6 D.10

48. Why was the Nobel prize established?

A. to recognize world while contributions to humanity. C. to spend money.

B. to honor the inventor of dynamite. D. to prevent wars.

49. Which of the following is Not true?

A. Awards vary in monetary value.

B. Ceremonies are held on Dec 10th to commemorate Nobel’s invention.

C. No awards were given when the World War II began.

D. A few individuals have won two awards.

50. The word “legacy” can be replaced by____________?

A. invested sum B. legal ground C. interest rate D. prize worth

VII. Complete the passage with the suitable words from the box. (10 pts)

services neighbors friends polluted advantages isolated hurry

which means environment

The country and the city have (51)____________ and disadvantages. People in the country live in more
beautiful (52)____________. They enjoy peace and quiet, and can do their work at their own pace because no
one is in a (53)____________. They live in larger, more comfortable houses, and their (54)____________ are
more friendly, and ready to help them when they need it. Their life can be monotonous and they can be
(55)____________, a long way from the nearest town, (56)____________ is a serious problem if they are ill or
have to take children to school.

The city has all the (57)____________ the country lacks, but it also has a lot of disadvantages. Cities are
often ugly and (58)____________; they not only have bad air but are also noisy. Everyone is always in a haste
and this (59)____________ that people have no time to get to know each other and make (60)____________.

VIII. Fill in the blanks with the suitable prepositions. (5 pts)

61. Contact an organization Friends of the Earth____________ information.

62. You‘d better put pressure____________ the wound.

63. How can we make contact____________ you?

64. The ambulance will be there____________ about 10 minutes.

Page 31
65. Ngo Si Lien Lane is____________ Quang Trung Street and Tran Hung Dao Street.

IX. Rewrite the sentences in such a way that its meaning remains unchanged. (10 pts)

66. My father used to play football when he was young. → My father doesn’t____________

67. What a shame you didn’t tell me earlier. → If

only________________________________________

68. That’s an insulting name to use for him. → Don’t

call________________________________

69. She liked Paris very little and Rome less. → She thought Rome____________

70. I took little notice of the man standing at the gate. → I didn’t
pay______________________________

71. No, please don’t tell him. → I’d rather

________________________________

72. ”We should try that new place for dinner” said Bill. → Bill
suggested______________________

73. The worker only call off the strike after a new pay offer. → Only
after________________________________

74. I can meet you if you arrive before eleven. →

So___________________________________________________

75. I don’t really like her, even though I admire her achievement. →
Much__________________________________________

ENGLISH PRACTICE 13
I. Find the word the underlined part is pronounced differently. (5 pts)

1. A. chair B. cheap C. chemist D. child

2. A. hour B. here C. hello D. house

3. A. gone B. done C. won D. one

4. A. question B. nation C. correction D. pollution

5. A. Janet’s B. Judith’s C. Phillip’s D. John’s

II. Choose A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences: (15 pts)

6. _____________ my students are familiar with this kind of activities.

A. Most B. Most of C. A few D. Few

7. I remember____________ to the zoo before.

Page 32
 A. being taken B. taking C. be taking D. to make

8. We spent half a year____________ this house.

A. for buildingB. build C. building D. builds

9. Our village had____________ money available for education that the schools had to close.

A. so little B. so few C. so many D. so much

10. I was responsible to my mother____________ looking after our pets while she was at work.

A. because B. of C. for D. with

11. Mexico City, ____________ is the fastest growing city in the world, has a population of over 10 million.

A. where B. whose C. which D. what

12. We have no money, ____________ Tom has some.

A. either B. but C. or D. so

13. They left the room____________ they had finished the exam.

A. while B. soon C. during D. as soon as

14. The government____________ the earthquake victims with food, clothes and medicine.

A. gave B. provided C. offered D. carried

15. Don’t spend your money____________. Save it!

A. waste B. to waste C. wasteful D. wastefully

16. My parents always let me____________ what I think I should.

A. to do B. do C. doing D. for doing

17. When the storm____________ this area tomorrow, it will bring it great destructive force.

A. is going to reach B. is reaching C. reaches D. will reach

18. When I returned, I found that my car____________ away.

A. had been towed B. had been towing C. has been towed D. has been towing

19. This building used to be a library, ____________ it?

A. doesn’t B. didn’t C. isn’t D. wasn’t

20. Because of the bad health, he____________ smoking last year.

A. has given up B. gave up C. has gave up D. has given

III. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition. (10 pts)

a. Contact an organization Friends of the Earth (21)____________ information.

Page 33
b. Don’t throw things (22)____________. Try and find another use (23)____________them.

c. We can look (24)____________information (25)____________recycling things in the local library.

d. These shoes are made (26)____________old car tires.

e. ‘Vegetable matter’ is made (27)____________compost.

f. Are you interested (28)____________protecting the environment.

g. We should use cloth bags instead (29)____________plastic bags.

h. What did the government do to prevent people (30)____________throwing drink cans away?

IV. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets. (10 pts)

31. She was (conscious)_____________ for days after the accident.

32. His speedy (revive)_____________ after the operation amazed all the doctors.

33. The (press)_____________ of water caused the dam to burst.

34. The heart pumps (bleed)_____________ around the body.

35. Come by the fire. You must be (chill)_____________ to the bone.

36. I want an (immediately)_____________ reply.

37. The victim who has a dog bite needs an anti-tetanus (inject)_____________ .

38. She is very (anxiety)_____________ about her mother's health.

39. The nurse is giving Lan some first-aid (instruct)_____________ .

40. Make sure that the needles are (sterilize)_____________ .

V. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete this passage. (10 pts)

Cotton has been grown for thousands of years in places as (41)___________ Apart as Mexico, China, Egypt,
and India. American colonists (42)___________ to grow cotton in the early 1600s. Before 1800, cotton was a
great luxury, more expensive than silk, (43)___________ so many workers were needed to pick it.
(44)___________, a huge increase in the number of slaves in the American South (45)___________ in much
greater cotton production and a fall…...(46)___________ the price. This, and the new technology of the
industrial (47)___________, made cotton the cheapest fabric in history. By 1820, cotton (48)___________
more money for the United States than tobacco, and more money worldwide than sugar. Many Southern
farmers and plantation (49)___________ believed that slave labor was (50)___________ for them to make
money growing cotton.

41. A. long B. away C. out D. far

42. A. started B. brought C. came D. carried

43. A. after B. although C. despite D. because

44. A. In addition B. Since C. However D. Therefore

Page 34
45. A. took B. resulted C. brought D. was

46. A. to B. in C. down D. of

47. A. factory B. reform C. revolution D. company

48. A. will make B. has made C. makes D. had made

49. A. keepers B. owners C. growers D. directors

50. A. necessary B. based C. certain D. made

VI. Complete the sentences, use the correct form or tense of the verbs in the brackets. (5 pts)

51. The man (sit)_____________ next to me was very nervous.

52. Tom doesn’t enjoy (laugh)_____________ at by other people.

53. I'd like you (meet)_____________ my mother.

54. Take this street and you (arrive)_____________ at the bus station in 16 minutes.

55. He suggested (travel)_____________ around the town by bike.

VII. Fill the underlined part that needs correcting. (5 pts)

56. Mr. Miller doesn’t likes being kept waiting

A B C D

57. Hoa writing a letter in her room at the moment.

A B C D

58. There is a hostel at the corner of this street where we can stay there.

A B C D

59. Ann spent many money on clothes at the supermarket yesterday.

A B C D

60. I haven’t smoked since a long time.

A B C D

VIII. Complete the second sentence so that it has the same meaning to the first. (20 pts)

61. We must pay the bill at once. → The

bill___________________________________________.

62. Many people in the world speak English. →

English___________________________________________.

63. Working in those conditions is impossible. →

It’s_____________________________________________________.

Page 35
64. I will repair your bicycle tomorrow afternoon. → Your
bicycle________________________________.

65. “Don’t throw things away,” Miss Linda said to the students. → Miss Linda
asked______________________.

66. Penicillin can cure many dangerous diseases. →

Many__________________________________________________.

67. Does your country export rice to Britain? →

Is______________________________________________________.

68. l was very delighted that I passed the final exams. → I was very delighted_____________.

69. We find it difficult to understand this question. → This

question_______________________________.

70. She's very pleased to see her grandparents soon. → She's

looking_______________________________.

Page 36
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 14
I. Find the word the underlined part is pronounced differently. (5 pts)

1. A. this B. that C. think D. there

2. A. look B. food C. took D. loose

3. A. define B. decline C. determine D. mine

4. A. means B. meant C. bean D. clean

5. A. wondered B. arrived C. relied D. laughed

II. Choose A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences: (15 pts)

6. _____________ I carry that bag for you? - Oh, thank you.

A. Do B. Shall C. Will D. Would

7. When Jane came to England, she had to get used_____________ on the left.

A. to drive B. driving C. to driving D. drive

8. This is the first time I_____________ Thailand.

A. has visited B. visit C. visited D. have visited

9. Would you mind if I_____________ a photo?

A. take B. took C. would take D. am going to take

10. There is nothing to prevent the children_____________ playing here.

A. from B. of C. away D. to

11. What is the_____________ of your country? - 75,000.000 people

A. introduction B. population C. separation D. addition

12. She isn't____________________ well with the new manager.

A. going on B. getting on C. keeping on D. taking on

13. Don’t shout, dear. I can’t_____________ the shout!

A. stand B. sit C. listen D. hear

14. He laughs_____________ of her funny face.

A. because B. since C. as D. for

15. We are going to_____________ our 20th wedding. Please stay and come.

A. occur B. celebrate C. do D. parade

16. They felt_____________ when Tet was coming near.

Page 37
 A. excitement B. excited C. excitedly D. exciting

17. Nam_____________ to the sea when she lived in Hai Phong.

A. goes B. has gone C. used to go D. is going

18. They_____________ me if I could speak Japanese.

A. told B. said C. talked D. asked

19. Let’s go to the post office, _____________?

A. shall we B. will we C. do we D. did we

20. Don’t make me upset, _____________?

A. shall you B. do you C. did you D. will you

III. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition. (10 pts)

21. I’m looking forward______________ seeing you in June‘

22. Could I help you______________ your luggage?

23. Would you mind sitting______________ the front seat of the taxi?

24. Ha Long Bay is recognized______________ UNESCO as a World Heritage Site.

25. John is interested______________ the history of Vietnam.

26. She is thinking______________ importing flowers from Vietnam.

27. He realized his alarm clock didn’t go______________.

28. Everyone fell______________ the deep and dangerous water.

29. What’s the weather______________?

30. We went______________ a 10-day tour of central Africa.

IV. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets. (10 pts)

31. I had my trousers____________________ because they were too short. long

32. UFO means____________________ Flying Object. identify

33. He is so____________________! No wonder he has no friends. agree

34. He felt very____________________ when he saw he had failed the exam again. courage

35. A____________________ child can hardly feed himself. able

36. Compost is a wonderful____________________. It helps plants grow. fertilize

37. Linda is one of the____________________ from Friends of the Earth. represent

38. Air is a____________________ of gases. mix

Page 38
39. Waste paper can be____________________ after being recycling. use

40. It’s____________________ to cross the avenue. danger

V. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete this passage. (10 pts)

Nobody likes staying at home on a public holiday especially if the weather is fine. Last August we
decided to (41)____________ the day in the country. The only difficulty was that millions of other people had
exactly the same idea. We moved (42)____________ of the city slowly behind along (43)____________ of
cars, but at last we came to a quiet country road and after some time, stopped at a lonely farm. We had
(44)____________ plenty of food with us and we got (45)____________ out of the car. Now everything was
ready so we sat down near a path at the foot of a hill. It was very peaceful in the cool grass until we
(46)____________ bells ringing at the top of the hill. What we saw made us (47)____________ up our things
and run back (48)____________ the car as (49)____________ as possible. There were about two hundred
sheep coming (50)____________ us down the path .

VI. Complete the sentences, use the correct form or tense of the verbs in the brackets. (10 pts)

a. (51. write)____________ the letter, she put it in an envelope.

b. When Linda (52. come)____________ back from the beach, she (53. look) very red from the Sun.

c. Yesterday I (54. walk)____________ along the street when I (55. realize)____________ a man with a black
beard, whom I (56. see)____________ three times already, (57. follow)____________ me.

d. Hello, Mary. The party last night was great. You should (58. come)____________.

e. We fell over some pieces of wood (59. leave)____________ (60. lie)____________ around.

VII. Choose from A, B, C, or D the one that best answers each of the questions. (10 pts)

The Stone Age was a period of history which began in approximately two million B.C and lasted until 3000
B.C. Its name was derived from the stone tools and weapons that modern scientists found. This period was
divided into the Paleolithic, Mesolithic, and Neolithic Ages. During the first period (2 million to 8000 B.C), the
first hatchet and use of fire for heating and cooking were developed. As a result of the Ice Age, which evolved
about one million years into the Paleolithic Age, people were forced to seek shelter in caves, wear clothing,
and developed new tools. During the Mesolithic Age (8000 to 6000 B.C), people made crude pottery and the
first fish hooks, took dogs hunting, and developed the bow and arrow, which was used until the fourteenth
century A.D. The Neolithic Age (6000 to 3000 B.C) saw humankind domesticating sheep, goats, pigs, and
cattle, being less nomadic than in previous eras, establishing permanent settlements, and creating governments.

61. Into how many periods was the Stone Age divided?

A. two B. three C. four D. five

62. The word “derived” is closest meaning to_____________________.

A. originated B. destroyed C. inferred D. discussed

63. Which of the following was developed earliest?

A. fish hook B. bow and arrow C. hatchet D. pottery

Page 39
64. Which of the following developments is NOT related to the conditions of the Ice Age?

A. farming B. clothing C. living indoors D. using fire

65. The word “crude” is closest meaning to_____________________.

A. extravagant B. complex C. vulgar D. primitive

VIII. Complete the second sentence so that it has the same meaning to the first. (20 pts)

66. He forgot about the bag until he got home. - Not until………………………………….

67. As television program become more popular, they seem to get worse. - The more……………

68. Turn off all switches before leaving the room. - All switches……………………………..

69. Whose suitcase is this? - Who……………………………….

………?

70. Must you go so soon? It's only six o'clock. - Can't you…………………………..……?

71. I'll be busy working while you're on holiday. - During………………………..………….

72. You may get hungry on the train, so take some sandwiches. -
In…………………………………………...

73. It is believed that the man escaped in a stolen car. - The man……………….……….………..

74. "It certainly wasn't me who took your car" said Alice. - Alice denied……………………………

75. It's possible that he didn't get my letter. - He might…………………………….…..

Page 40
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 15
Question I: Choose the best answer to fill in each blank.
1. Please ............... the milk carefully. I don’t want it to boil over.
A. see B. watch C. look at D. notice
2. “Was he disappointed?” - “Yes, he found the movie ........................”
A. boring B. boringly C. bores D. bored
3. ........................ 20 September, 1529, five small ships set sail from Spain.
A. At B. In C. On D. By
4. Every student in those five rooms must bring ......................... own books to class.
A. one’s B. someone’s C. their D. his
5. “Was the competition a success?” - “Yes, ...................... people took part in it than usual.”
A. more B. fewer C. less D. many
6. What do students often do ...................... break?
A. in B. for C. at D. on
7. I don’t like brown rice. Don’t you have ................................?
A. white ones B. any white C. no white D. a white
8. Would you like .......................... that for you?
A. me doing B. that I do C. me do D. me to do
9. You can join the club when you ........................... older.
A. will get B. get C. are getting D. can get
10. Can you see any people in the house? .................................
A. Only a little B. Only few C. Only a few D. Only little
Question II: Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other
words in each group.
1. A. teenager B. together C. guess D. regular
2. A. chicken B. coach C. orchestra D. change
3. A. meat B. reader C. overseas D. realize
4. A. horrible B. hour C. hundred D. hold
5. A. much B. drug C. future D. buffalo
6. A. started B. weighed C. measured D. called
7. A. appointment B. affect C. amount D. add
8. A. serious B. symptom C. sugar D. sauce
9. A. great B. beautiful C. teacher D. means
10. A. wet B. better C. rest D. pretty
Question III: Give the correct form or tense of the verbs in the brackets.
1. At the moment we (sit) .............................. in a café. We (wait) ..................... for the museum to open, so I
(write) ............................ some postcards.
2. Miss Helen (help) ............................. as soon as she (finish) ............................. that letter.
3. Boys like (play) ............................. marbles or catch while girls enjoy (skip) .............. rope or chatting.
4. (you/ go) ....................................... abroad for your holiday? - Well, I (get) ................... a holiday job. I’m
going to an agent’s on Saturday (find out) ........................... about it.
Question IV: Choose the best answer to fill in each blank of the following passage.
Dear Hanh,
I’m writing to invite you to a party we ........................ (1) at the flat next Friday, December 14 th. As you
know, ...........................(2) Lan’s 13th birthday next week and my birthday next month, .......................... (3) we
thought we’d celebrate together and have a joint party.
I can’t remember if you know my address or not, but anyway, if you ..............................(4) the direction
below, you shouldn’t get lost. Take the Number 15 bus from the station and ........................... (5) at the Star
Hotel. Walk down Long Viet Road, past the DanChu Cinema, and then .........................(6) the first turning on
the right. That’s LeLoi Road. Turn left ..................... (7) the first junction, then go straight past the church as
far as the next crossroads. ......................(8) and our block of flats is the second on the right.
Do try and come. Of course you’re ..................... (9) to bring someone with you if you want to.
Look forward .............................. (10) you then!

Page 41
 1. A. have B. are having C. going to have D. will has
2. A. it’s B. its C. they’re D. she’s
3. A. too B. but C. because D. so
4. A. to follow B. follow C. following D. follows
5. A. get up B. get by C. get on D. get off
6. A. have B. get C. take D. bring
7. A. in B. at C. of D. on
8. A. Right turn B. To right C. To turn D. Turn right
9. A. welcomed B. welcome C. welcoming D. to welcome
10. A. to see B. for seeing C. of seeing D. to seeing
Question V: Finish the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first.
1. A year has twelve months.
-> There are ..........................................................................................................................
2. Lan is more intelligent than her sister.
-> Lan’s sister isn’t ..............................................................................................................
3. He looks after the sick people.
-> He takes ...........................................................................................................................
4. Do you enjoy listening to music?
-> Are you interested ..........................................................................................................?
5. What is your mother’s job?
-> What does .......................................................................................................................?
6. We have a two - month summer vacation.
-> Our summer vacation lasts ..............................................................................................
7. Will you please look after the house while we are away?
-> Will you please take .......................................................................................................?
8. Vietnamese students have fewer vacations than American ones.
-> American students ...........................................................................................................
9. It takes me about two hours each day to do my homework.
-> I spend ..............................................................................................................................
10. Hoa is a hard student.
-> Hoa studies .......................................................................................................................
Question VI: Use the given words to make complete sentences.
1. Could/ tell/ how/ get/ police station/ please?
.............................................................................................................................................?
2. How much/ cost/ mail/ letter/ USA?
..............................................................................................................................................?
3. In/ future/ we/ less work/ more money/ spend.
...............................................................................................................................................
4. Brother/ engineer/ and/ work/ factory/ suburb/ capital.
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
5. Eat/ and/ talk/ friends/ be/ most common ways/ relax/ recess/ many countries.
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
Question VII: Read the following passage and answer the questions below.
Headache is a very common disease in the USA. Every year, about fifty million people have to go to
the doctor because of headache. The symptoms of a headache are various. People can see black dots or bright
spots in front of their eyes. They may also have pains only on one side of the head. Sometimes when the pain
goes away, the head is sore. People have headache when they work too hard or they are too nervous about
something. Medicine can help cure the disease but people usually have to do more than taking tablets. They
can prevent headaches by changing their diets or their lifestyle or simply by going to bed.
* Questions:
1. Why is headache a common disease in the USA?

Page 42
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
2. What can people see when they have headaches?
...............................................................................................................................................
3. Can people have pains on only one side of the head?
...............................................................................................................................................
4. When do people have headaches?
...............................................................................................................................................
5. How can they prevent headaches?
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
Question VIII: Fill in each blank with the suitable preposition.
1. It was interesting. I had a lot ................................ fun.
2. What do you think ............................... the place?
3. My friends took me .................................. a temple.
4. I bought gifts ............................ my friends.
5. Were you tired ................................... the trip?
6. She put the hat ........................... the wall.
7. Why don’t you look ............................. the fish? - They are lovely.
8. Last night I spoke to my mum ................................ my hobby.
9. He rented a house next door ......................... mine.
10. He moved .............................. a new house.

Page 43
 Keys – practice 15
Question I: (2,5 ms) - Mỗi từ chọn đúng cho: 0,25 đ.
1. B 2. A 3. C 4. D 5. A
6. C 7. B 8. D 9. B 10. C
Question II: (2,5 ms) - Mỗi từ chọn đúng cho: 0,25 đ.
1. A 2. C 3. D 4. B 5. C
6. A 7. D 8. C 9. A 10. D
Question III: (2,5 ms) - Mỗi động từ chia đúng cho: 0,25 đ.
1. are sitting/ are waiting/ am writing 3. playing/ skipping
2. will help/ finishes 4. Are you going/ am going to get (will get)/
to find out.
Question IV: (2,5 ms) - Mỗi từ chọn và điền đúng vào ô trống cho: 0,25 đ.
1. B 2. A 3. D 4. B 5. D
6. C 7. B 8. D 9. B 10. D
Question V: (2,5 ms) - Mỗi câu viết lại đúng cho: 0,25 đ.
1. There are twelve months in a year.
2. Lan’s sister isn’t as intelligent as her.
3. He takes care of sick people.
4. Are you interested in listening to music?
5. What does your mother do?
6. Our summer vacation lasts two months.
7. Will you please take care of the house while we are away?
8. American students have more vacations than Vietnamese ones.
9. I spend two hours each day doing my homework.
10. Hoa studies (very) hard.
Question VI: (2,5 ms) - Mỗi câu viết đúng cho: 0,5 đ.
1. Could you tell me how to get to the police station, please?
2. How much does it cost to mail a letter to the USA?
3. In the future, we have less work and more money to spend.
4. My brother is an engineer and he works in a factory in the suburb of the capital.
5. Eating and talking with friends are the most common ways of relaxing at recess in many countries.
Question VII: (2,5 ms) - Mỗi câu trả lời đúng cho: 0,5 đ.
1. Because every year, about fifty million people have to go to the doctor because of headache.
2. They can see black dots or bright spots in front of their eyes.
3. Yes, they can.
4. When they work too hard or they are too nervous about something.
5. They can prevent headaches by changing their diets or their lifestyle or simply by going to bed.
Question VIII: (2,5 ms) - Mỗi giới từ đúng cho: 0,25 đ.
1. of 2. about 3. to 4. for 5. from
6. on 7. at 8. about 9. to 10. to

Page 44
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 16
I. Rewrite these sentences, keeping the original meaning:
1. My house is bigger than your house.
→Your house is. .......................................................................................................
2. The black car is cheaper than the red car.
→The red car .............................................................................................................
3. This film is more interesting than that one.
→That film is .............................................................................................................
4. My kitchen is smaller than yours.
→ Your kitchen...........................................................................................................
5. My grandmother is older than every one in my family.
→ My grandmother is the............................................................................................
6. No one in my class is as tall as Tam.
→ Tam is the...............................................................................................................
7. I can’t cook as well as my mother.
→ My mother can cook..............................................................................................
8. He does not play tennis as well as Jack.
→ Jack can..................................................................................................................
9. I did not spend as much money as you.
→ You spent..............................................................................................................
10. I don’t think this book is expensive as it is.
→ This book is...........................................................................................................
11. He is the tallest boy in his class.
→ No one in...............................................................................................................
12. This is the most interesting film of all.
→ No other films are ..............................................................................................
13. No cars in the world are more expensive than Japanese ones.
Japanese cars .............................................................................................................
14. This exercise is easier than that one.
→ That exercise is not ...............................................................................................
15. He drives more carefully than Jack does.
→ Jack ......................................................................................................................
16. No one in the group plays better than he.
→ He can....................................................................................................................
17. No hotel in the city is as comfortable as this.
→ This hotel is the ..................................................................................................
18. Other oceans in the world aren’t as large as the Pacific one.
→ The Pacific Ocean is ..........................................................................................
II. Give the correct form of the verbs.
Dear Mum and Dad,
How are you all? I am well and I am having a wonderful time. I (make) …………………… a lot of
new friends an I (stay) …………………… with three of them until I can find a place of my own to live.
Let me tell you what I (do) …………………… everyday here. I (get up) …………………… early
because my class (start) …………………… at eight in the morning. Later, I usually (eat) ……………………
lunch with Rod. He (own) …………………… the house where I (live) …………………… at the moment. He
(take) …………………… the same class as me.
We often (train) …………………at the gym in the afternoon, but not today. He (finish) ………………
some work for school, and I (write) …………… all my letters.
IV. Choose the correct answers.
Dear Lan,
I’m ……………………..(0) to invite you to a party we ………………….(1) at the flat next Friday ,
December 14th . As you know, …………………….Lien’s 13th birthday next week and my birthday next month,
……………………..(3) we thought we’d celebrate together and have a joint party.

Page 45
 I can’t remember if you know my address or not, but anyway, if you ………………… (4) the directions
below, you shouldn’t get lost.
Take the Number 15 bus from the station and ……………….(5) at the Star Hotel. Walk down Long Viet
Road, past the Dan Chu Cinema, and then …………………… (6) the first turning on the right. That’s Le Loi
Road. Turn left ………………..(7) the first junction, then go straight past the church as far as the next
crossroads . …………………(8) and our block of flats is the second on the right.
Do try and come. Of course you’re ………………….(9) to bring someone with you if you want to.
Look forward ………………….(10) you then!
0. A. writing B. write C. writes D. to write
1 A. have B. are having C. going to have D. will has
2 A. it’s B. its C. they’re D. she’s
3 A. too B. but C. because D. so
4 A. to follow B. follow C. following D. follows
5 A. get up B. get by C. get on D. get off
6 A. have B. get C. take D. bring
7 A. in B. at C. of D. on
8 A. Right turn B. To right C. To turn D. Turn right
9 A. welcomed B. welcome C. welcoming D. to welcome
10 A. to see B. for seeing C. of seeing D. to seeing
V. Reorder the words or phrases to make meaningful sentences.
1. those / you / buy / are / souvenirs / want / the / to?
………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. first / on / and / see / next to / take / turning / the left / will / the shoe store / the / it / you.
………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. police / on / Street / front / the bank / the / is / Hang Bai / in / station / of .
………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. takes / two / Hai Phong / coach / it / us / hours / go / by / to.
………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. total / the goods / mother / what / cost / your / is / of / buys / the?
………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. stamps / overseas / to buy / would / for / mail / we / some / like.
………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. cost ./ local letter / does / Vietnam / how / it / to / mail / a / in / much?
………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. needs / a / phone card / thousand dong / post office / fifty / the / Nhung / to buy / at.
………………………………………………………………………………………………
ENGLISH PRACTICE 17
Ex1. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets to complete the following sentences.
1. No one enjoy (go) ……….to hospital.
2. What you (do)…………at the moment? I (watch) ………….T.V.
3. We (be) ……………students in four years.
4. A new school (build) ………………near our school now.
5. You (be) …………..angry if he refuses to help you?
6. I will send him the message as soon as he (return)………………
7. A lttle girl can’t spend all her time (listen) ……………..to stories.
8. He sent a telegram for his mother (learn) …………….good news.
9. Where are you? + I am upstairs. I (have)……………… a bath.
10. You (see)………………. the film on television last night?
11. Our class( start) ……………at 7.15 and( finish)……………. at 11.45 every morning
12. She gets fat because she is always tasting things while she( cook)…………….
13. Bill decided( buy)……………. a new car rather than a used one
14. Long( fall)……… down the stairs this morning and ( break)…………….. his leg
15. George is interested in( take)…………….. an art class

Page 46
16. The package has( be) ……………there tomorrow. It( be)……………… there in time?
- Don’t worry. I am going to send it by express mail.
Ex2. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others by
circling the corresponding letter A or B, C, D.
1. A. happy B. apple C. act D. aunt
2. A. mind B. bike C. fit D. tidy
3. A. school B. chair C. church D. chat
4. A. health B. team C. tea D. sea
5. A. sun B. fun C. son D. put
6. A. excited B. interested C. worried D. painted
7. A. use B. computer C. duty D. shut
8. A. chair B. fair C. pair D. are
9. A. how B. know C. town D. brown
10. A. season B. break C. great D. steak
11. A. run B. fun C. sun D. music
12. A. wet B. pretty C. rest D. better
13. A. thanks B. thirsty C. father D. theater
14. A. great B. greet C. again D. arrange
15. A. new B. sew C. few D. knew
16. A.wants B. looks C. plays D. helps
17. A. decided B. preferred C. listened D. enjoyed
18. A. much B. drug C. buffalo D. future
19. A. horrible B. hour C. hundred D. hold
20.A. sure B.saw C. send D. sit
Ex3. Fill in each blank with the correct form of the word given in capital:
1. My father has a ………………computer. He often brings it with him when he’s away on business.
PORT
2. We must remember to eat ………………... SENSE
3. The room will look brighter if there is a ……..……..on the wall. PAINT
4. Some of the children …….boys, play marbles when there is a break. MAIN
5. You shouldn’t eat …………….….food. HEALTH
6. We mustn’t be ……………….when we cross busy streets. CARE
7. She often feels …………………when she gets bad marks. HAPPY
8. There are about 200 ………………….in this company. EMPLOY
9. Mai is ……………..….at math than me. GOOD
10. This lovely apartment has two bedrooms and it is …………….…… FURNISH
Ex4. Find and correct mistakes
1. It takes Huy three hours doing his homework every evening.
2. Viet not got up early and do morning exercises yesterday.
3. Does Nam’s mother go always to work by bus?
4. My father has less days off than Tim’s father.
5 . Hoa prefers reading books to play video games.
6. After each lesson we often have a ten-minutes rest.
7. Million of foreign visitors come to Vietnam every year on their holiday.
8. Sorry, You can’t speak to Loan because she has a bath .
9. My sister likes playing badminton but she doesn't play it very good.
10. My brother doesn't like durians, and I don't like them, too.
Ex5. Rewrite the sentences
1. Do you have a cheaper computer than this? .
Is this ……………..…………..……………………………………………………?
2. The new refrigerator is bigger than the old one .
The old refrigerator ……………………….…………………………………………
3. She is a good badminton player .

Page 47
 She plays …………………………..………………..………………………………..
4. My brother likes playing soccer better than watching TV .
My brother prefers ………………...…………………………………………………
5. We have a two-month summer vacation.
Our summer vacation lasts …………..………………………………………………
6. You shouldn’t go there alone .
You had………………..………………………………………………………..
7. What is you daughter’s age, Mrs Nga ?
How…………………………………………………………………………….?
8. I spend two hours doing my washing every day.
It takes…………………………………………………………………………….
Ex6. Choose the suitable words to fill in the blanks
becomes, events, live, programs, broadcasts, much
Nowadays , television 1………………………….. very popular . Both old and young people enjoy
watching it very 2…………………………..… . TV programs attract millions of viewers all around the world.
In addition to the news, TV stations also broadcast many interesting 3…………………………….. such as
sports , music , cartoons ,wildlife, popular science, reports , contests , movies , etc.
At present , people can enjoy a 4……………………….. program on TV. Live TV program helps us see events
at the same time as they are happening. In our country, we often watch live TV programs of important
5……………….…………… and international football matches .

Page 48
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 18
PART 2. PHONETICS:
I. Choose one word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others by circling A, B,
C, or D: (5 ¿ 0,2=1,0 pts)
1. A. teenager B. together C.guess D. regular
2. A.chicken B.coach C.orchestra D. change
3. A. physics B. useful C. disease D. rehearse
4. A. concert B. contestant C. complimentD. comic
5. A. liked B. intended C.stayed D. learned
II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the others: (5 ¿ 0,2=1,0pt)
1. A. pencil B. raincoat C.arrive D. notebook
2. A.ẹnjoyable B.power C.permission D. explore
3. A.photography B. minority C. heroic D. visit
4. A.translation B.difficult C.unluckily D. agree
5. A.Vietnamese B.engineer C.celebration D. product

PART 3. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR:

I.Circle the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: (10 ¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)
1. ______________________ of people like playing sports.
A. whole B. many C.a lot D. lot
2. My______________________ always comes early so I get my letter before I go to work.
A.chemist B.porter C.mailman D.engineer
3.Ask the shop______________________ where the washing powder is.
A. nurse B. assistant C. baker D. operator
4. I don’t want much sugar in my coffee. Just______________________ , please.
A. a few B. a little C. fewer D. less
5. That’s a ______________________ , isn’t it? I think I saw it about two weeks ago
A. second B.repeat C.copy D. return
6.I like to see “ Match of the Day” on Saturdays. That’s my ______________________
A.popular B. boringly C.preferable D. favourite
7.Last night I _____________________ TV when the phone rang.
A. watch B. was watching C. watched D. is watching
8.Did Mr Manh like reading books____________________ sleeping at home 2 years ago.
A. to B. in to C. for D. than
9. Now Hoa is used ______________________the busy roads in the city.
A. to cross B. crossing C. for crossingD. to crossing
10. No one can do it well and ______________________.
A. so can she B. neither can she C. she can’t, too D. she can, either
II. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions. (5 ¿ 0,2=1,0 pts)
1. When we went to the library, we sat and read……………wonderful things yesterday.
2.These cards are in alphabetical order and………………. author.
3. There is a good selection of fruit…………… display.
4. My aunt slices the beef……………… thin strips.
5.Mai is better……….. speaking English than writing it.
III. Write the correct form of the words given in capital letters: (10 ¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)
1.One of them is…………………………. for fun. WALK
2. Last year there was a district walking……………... COMPLETE
3. The number of………………..increases every week PARTICIPATE
4. Members……………. Near the school volunteer to take a walk instead of riding
a motorbike. LIVE
5.People of all…………… can join the walking activity. ABLE
6. We are starting to improve water…………… awareness for children
in our school. SAFE

Page 49
7. With a special………….. equipment, a diver can stay under water
for a long time. BREATH
8. After the ……………… of the equipment, man could swim
freely underwater. INVENT
9. A Frenchman invented a deep- sea…………… vessel in the early 1940s. DIVE
10. Now we can learn more about the world………………… to this invention. THANK
IV. Supply the correct form of the verbs in the brackets: (5 ¿ 0,2=1,0 pts)
1. You ( not- see) the film on television last night ..............................................
2. They are used to (get) up early in the morning in order to sell food ………………………
3. Take these pills and you (feel) better then! ……………………………..
4.Mrs Lan spends much time ( look after) her children ………………………….
5.The students in class 7A prefer ( go camping) …….……………………
PART 4. READING:
I. Read and circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete the passage: (10 ¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)
The coastal village of Breedon today welcomed home Frank Davies at the end of his two- year
voyage…………(1) the world. Mr Davies , who is 75, was born in a village and was a……….(2)
At school for 50 years. When he retired he…………(3) his house to buy a boat and see the world. Now he has
returned to the village where he has…………(4) many friends.
When asked what he was going to do………..(5) , Frank replied that he wanted to write a book about……….
(6) travels. He had kept a dairy …………..(7) the voyage and taken over 600 photographs of the……….. (8)
places he had visited. Frank……….(9) the book will encourage people of all ages to take ……….(10) the sport
of sailing.
1. A.around B.through C.on D. over
2. A.student B. professor C.officer D. teacher
3. A.sell B.sale C.sold D. selled
4. A.too B.so C.such D. very
5. A.then B.next C.recently D. last
6. A.him B.his C.he’s D. himself
7. A.at B.for C.with D. during
8. A.exciting B.usual C.interested D.excited
9. A.wishes B.wants C.likes D.to
10.A. up B. off C. in D. to
II. Read the passage the find out one unnecessary word, tick(V) if there is not in each line((10 ¿ 0,2=2,0
pts)
Nick was in the kitchen. The radio was on so too loud that he 0/ ……...too……
didn’t hear me come in behind him. My handbag was on the 00/ ………V……
table. He took some many money out of it and was going to put 1/ ………………...
it in his that pocket. We had a terrible quarrel. Finally, he broke 2/ …………………
out and confessed everything. He goes every day to a big 3/ …………………
amusement arcade near his school and should plays electronic 4/ ………………..
games with them names like Star Craft and Half Life. I always 5/ …………………
thought about they were harmless. But now I realize that he is 6/ …………………
so hooked on them, he will even steal from his own mother in 7/ ………………….
order to be pay for the habits. He promises he won’t go there 8/ ………………….
again, but I think he is too addicted to stop. Even if he wanted 9/ …………………
to, he ever couldn’t, and he doesn’t. What can I do to help him? 10/…………………
III. Read the passage and fill the suitable word in the blank: (10 ¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)
On Mother’s Day sons and daughters visit their mothers and bring……………(1) flowers and little
presents. The eldest son must …………(2) his mother a good cake. If sons and daughters can not be………….
(3) their mother on that day, they usually…………..(4) her presents.
Mother’s Day must be a day of rest……………….(5) the mother of the family, so her
daughters………………(6) the dinner on that day and lay the………………….(7) and the sons help
to…………………(8) the plates and dishes after dinner.

Page 50
 In the United States and Canada, Mother’s Day is the second Sunday in May. They have a…………….(9)
beautiful stamp for Mother’s Day in the United States.
It shows the portrait of the ………………(10) of James Whistler, one of the greatest American painters.
Your answers:
1. ______________ 2. ______________ 3. ______________ 4. ______________ 5.
____________________
6. ______________ 7. ______________ 8. ______________ 9. ______________ 10.
______________

PART 5. WRITING:
I. Use these words to make meaningful sentences: (5 ¿ 0,2 = 1.0 pt)
1.It/ easy/find/book/either/author/ title.
2. Your father/ watch / TV/ living room/moment?
3. Father /have/ stomachache/ and pain/chest.
4. Mr Lam/ now wear/ face mask/ protect him/ breathe/ dust.
5. Last semester/ my class/ there be/ total/67 days/ absence/due/sickness.
II. Complete the second sentence, using the word given in brackets so that it has a similar meaning to the
first sentence. Do not change the words given in any way: (5 ¿ 0,2=1pt)
1. Because Lan was sick, she did not go to school yesterday.
Because of
2. The women could not enjoy the concert because of their headache
Their headache prevented
3. Listening to music at home is more interesting than going to the concert.
 I prefer
4. This girl is the most hardworking in our class.
 No one
5. The visitor spoke so quickly that we could not understand what she said.
 The visitor spoke too
III.Write a composition( 100-120words) expressing your preferences about : (2pts)
Describe one person you love the best and the reasons why you like him/ her.

Page 51
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 19
I. Choose a word in each group that is pronounced differently from others. (5pts)

1. A. great B. hate C. heat D. afraid

2. A. sure B. sight C. sale D. soil

3. A. exchange B. brochure C. challenge D. charity

4. A. ordered B. published C. impressed D. escaped

5. A. courses B. classes C. watches D. temples

II. Choose a word in each group that has different stress pattern. (5pts)

6. A. celebration B. federation C. imagination D. inspiration

7. A. Japan B. Australia C. Britain D. Canada

8. A. happen B. local C. expect D. wander

9. A. despite B. dentist C. destroy D. describe

10. A. weather B. lave C. middle D. delicious

III. Choose the best word or phrase that best complete each sentence below. (15 pts)

11. I received a letter____________ my friend.

A. to B. on C. in D. from

12. He is a hard- working student who always____________ good grade.

A. received B. got C. gets D. getting

13. Bell demonstrated his____________ to the public at countless exhibitions.

A. to invent B. invention C. inventing D. invented

14 .Different language____________ learn words____________ different ways.

A. learns/in B. learn/in C. learns/of D. learners/on

15. She gave me your____________.

A. report card B. to report card C. reported card D. reporting card

16. Yesterday I came____________ your brother when I was going to school.

A. of B. to C. about D. across

17. You are a tourist on____________ in HCM City.

A. Journey B. traveling C. vacation D. trip

18 .Would you mind if I____________ a photo.

Page 52
 A. to take B. take C. taken D. took

19. They have to make____________ then children do not play with matches.

A. ensure B. sure C. sure D. ensuring

20. TV____________ information and entertainment’.

A. to take B. gives C. brings D. makes

21. Opposite our house is a nice park____________ there are many trees and flowers.

A. which B. where C. that D. who

22. I asked him whether____________ leaving for the capital that night.

A. is he B. he is C. was he D. he was

23. “My watch is broken. “Why don’t you____________?

A. have it repair B. have it repairing C. have it for repair D. have it repaired

24. The earth____________ on the sun for its heat and light

A. is depend B. has depend C. depending D. depends

25. If Mai comes to England it will be a good____________ for her to improve her English.

A. possibility B. opportunity C. advantage D. experience

IV. Supply the correct tense of the verbs in brackets to compete the passage. (10 pts)

Robert Wilson (26. be)___________ a politician. He (27. go)___________ to Oxford University in 1960, and
in 1976 he (28. become)___________ a Member of Parliament (an MP). He (29. be)___________ an MP since
then. He (30. be)___________ Minister of Education from 1980 to 1985. He (31. write)___________ many
books. He (32. get)___________ married and (33. have)___________ two children. His family lived in Oxford
for 15 years, then they (34. move)___________ to London in 1980. They now (35. live)___________ in a
house in Kensington Street, London.

V. Complete the following sentences with the correct form of words. (10 pts)

36. All_____________ between Paris and Hanoi have been cancelled due to fog. FLY

37. There is plenty of_____________ for young people in this city. ENTERTAIN

38. It’s _____________ to complain; you won’t get your money back. USE

39. During his_____________ the family used to live in the country side. CHILD

40. He is such (a/an)_____________ person that no one likes him. HELP

41. The little village is very quiet and_____________. PEACE

42. Many people still to believe that smoking is_____________. HARM

Page 53
43. He is interested in the_____________ of old buildings. PRESERVE

44. The_____________ area of the city is not very attractive. INDUSTRY

45. His performance in Hamlet was most_____________. IMPRESS

VI. Fill one suitable word in each blank in the following passage. (10 pts)

Everyone wants to reduce pollution. But pollution problem is (46)___________ complicated as it is

serious. It is complicated (47)___________ much pollution is caused by things that benefit people. For
example, exhaust (48)___________ automobiles causes a large percentage of all pollution. But automobiles

(49)___________ transportation for millions of people. Factories discharge much of the material
(50)___________

pollutes the air and water, but factories give employment to a large (51)___________ of people . Too much
fertilizer or pesticide can run soil, but fertilizers and pesticide (52)___________ important aids to the growing
of crops. Thus, to end (53)___________ greatly reduces pollution immediately, people would have to
(54)___________ using many things that benefit them. Most people do not want to do that, of course. But
pollution can (55)___________ gradually reduced in several ways.

VII. Find the option (A, B, C, or D) that needs correcting. (5 pts)

56. Would you mind if I ask you a private question?

A B C D

57. They happily looked at their children to play in the yard.

A B C D

58. This is the first time I visited a famous place in Hanoi.

A B C D

59. Our teacher told to us to spend more time at home practicing our pronunciation.

A B C D

60. You shouldn’t let your children playing with matches.

A B C D

VIII. Complete the following questions with the correct preposition. (10 pts)

61. She isn’t here______________________________ the moment.

62. Warm clothes protect us_______________________________ bad weather.

63. What do you often do_______________________________ weekends.

64. We haven’t seen him_______________________ last month.

65. He had an accident and was taken____________________ hospital.

Page 54
66. We regarded him______________________ a famous doctor.

67. You’re better ask ____________________ the information desk.

68. He borrowed $100________________________ his father

69. “Hamlet” is written______________________ Shakespeare.

70. Jane fell______________ her bike and hit head on the road.

IX. Rewrite the sentences, beginning as shown, so that the meanings stay the same. (20 pts)

71. They have just sold that old house. – That old house…………….

72. Charles lives quite near his aunt’s house. – Charles doesn’t……………

73. It was such a hard cake that I couldn’t eat it. – The cake……………………..

74. Linh is a better cook than Hoa. – Hoa can’t…………………….

75. I last heard this song ten years ago. – It is…………………………….

76. “You’d better not lend that man any more money, Mary,“ said Liz. – Liz advised…………………

77. I was a two-hour flight from Ha Noi to Ho Chi Minh city. – It took………………………..

78. Although he took a taxi, Bill still arrived late for the concert. – Despite………………………

79. The film was so interesting that we watched it several times. – It was ……………………….. 80. Write
your name here. – Let………………………

Page 55
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 20
I. Choose the best answer. (10 pts)

1. Lan enjoys____________ the piano.

A. play B. playing C. plays D. played

2. Can you help me____________ this exercise?

A. do B. doing C. did D. does

3. Peter’s apartment is smaller____________ Daisy’s.

A. that B. the C. than D. those

4. My son is too tired____________ dinner.

A. to have B. have C. having D. had

5. What____________ the cakes like?

A. does B. do C. are D. had

6. John has lived in Paris____________ last summer.

A. yet B. in C. since D. for

7. The red bicycle is not as expensive____________ the blue one.

A. so B. like C. more D. as

8. My mother shows me how____________ clothes.

A. to make B. making C. make D. made

9. These houses____________ 100 years ago.

A. are built B. built C. were built D. build

10. I prefer tea____________ coffee.

A. rather B. than C. more D. to

II. Give the correct form or tense of the verbs in the brackets. (10 pts)

a. The letter I (11. receive)____________ yesterday is on the desk.

b. This film is the best one I (12. ever see)____________.

c. She always (13. remember)____________ the name of the people that she meets.

d. I (14. not see)____________ him since he (15. leave)____________ this school.

e. I usually read the newspaper while I (16. wait)____________ for the bus.

f. I (17. not be)____________ at work tomorrow. I’m taking the day off.

Page 56
g. Mary (18. find)____________ a five- pound note while she (19. walk)____________ to school yesterday.

h. Mai (20. attend)____________ a meeting at the moment.

III. Complete the following sentences with an appropriate form of the given word. (10 pts)

21. The____________ in this town are very friendly. RESIDE

22. She received a lot of____________ from her parents. COURAGE

23. If your work is____________, you’ll get a raise.

SATISFY

24. What is the correct____________ of this word?

PRONOUNCE

25. The child should be punished because of his bad____________. BEHAVE

26. We’ve decided to interview the best six____________ for the job. APPLY

27. Many rural areas in Viet Nam have been____________ in the last few years. URBAN

28. It is____________ to eat too much sugar and fat.

HEALTH

29. If you can give a reasonable____________ for your bad behavior last night, I’ll forgive you. EXPLAIN

30. After taking an aspirin, her headache____________. APPEAR

IV. Read the following passage and choose the best answer A, B, C or D to fill the blanks. (10 pts)

An increasing number of people are going on holiday to Egypt. Last year, for example, about one and half
million (31)____________ visited Egypt. The (32)____________ of Egypt is about fifty million and the
(33)____________ is El Qahira (Cairo),a busy city of just under nine million people .Although the
(34)____________ is hot and dry and most of the country is desert, the average (35)____________ from
October to March is not too high. The most (36)____________ sights are the pyramids at Giza. However, it is
also pleasant to (37)____________ Alexandria, Port Said and several other places and do as much
(38)____________ as possible in the time available. A (39)____________ to Luxor is an unforgettable
experience, and there are frequent (40)____________ there from Cairo.

31. A. explorers B. voyagers C. tourists D. passengers

32. A. people B. citizenship C. nation D. population

33. A. principal B. head C. state D. capital

34. A. temperature B. climate C. condition D. position

35. A. weather B. measurement C. climate D. temperature

36. A. famous B. known C. visited D. requested

37. A. search B. inspect C. examine D. visit

Page 57
38. A. viewing B. inspecting C. sightseeing D. looking

39. A. picnic B. trip C. guide D. entertainment

40. A. flight B. travels C. journeys D. voyages

V. Fill in each blank with the suitable word. (10 pts)

Most British people go abroad on holiday, to visit family, or (41)____________ short business trips. People are
advised to find out (42)____________ to get urgent treatment before (43)____________ the UK. They have to
get a form which explains what they (44)____________ do if they fall ill or have an accident, and what
arrangements exist in each country (45)____________ medical treatment. The regulations are fairly simple but
(46)____________ people do not have this information, they may (47)____________ that private medical care
is extremely expensive. It (48)____________ not usually for people to discover that they do not have enough
money with (49)____________ to pay the total costs and in such circumstances (50)____________ Already
difficult situation becomes even more complicated.

VI. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition. (10 pts)

51. I’m interested_____________ farming.

52. He spent his whole life struggle_____________ imperialism.

53. My grandmother prefers living in the countryside_____________ living in the city.

54. We’ve lived in this village_____________ 30 years.

55. Hold_____________ a minute while I get my breath back.

56. My parents are tired_____________ living in the city.

57. Are you free_____________ Sunday afternoon?

58. She’s still looking_____________ a job.

59. The increase in population has led_____________ overcrowding in many cities.

60. My grandparents live_____________ a farm, but my father has lived in the urban area.

VII. Read these passages, then choose the correct answer. (10 pts)

Australia is an island continent in the South Pacific. The capital is Canberra, but the city with the biggest
population is Sydney, which has nearly four million. English is the first language of most people, but there are
also many immigrants who speak other languages. Canada is the second largest country in land side. It
stretches 3,223 miles from east to west, and from the North Pole to the U.S. border. Both English and French
are official languages. Many French-speaking people live in the province of Quebec, where Montreal is the
biggest city. Canada has a cold winter, and many Canadian enjoy winter sports, such as skiing and ice skating.
Switzerland is a small country in central Europe. Its neighbors are France in the west, Italy in the south, Austria
in the east, and Germany in the north.

Sixty percent of the land in Switzerland is mountains. Switzerland is famous for its banks, tourism, and skiing.

1. Where is Australia? 2. What is the population of Sydney?

Page 58
3. Is English the unique language spoken in Australia? 4. What is the area of Canada?

5. Which languages are spoken in Canada?

VIII. Rewrite the following sentences. (20 pts)

1. We started living here fifteen years ago. -We have…………………………………..……

2. His briefcase is red. My briefcase is red, too. -The color of ………………………………….

3. It isn’t necessary for you to set off early. -You don’t………………………………………

4. He failed the exam because of his laziness. -Because he……………………………………

5. I’ll telephone you tomorrow morning. -I’ll give………………………………………….

6. It’s three years since I last spoke to her. - I haven’t ………………………………………

7. Walking in the rain gives my brother pleasure. -My brother enjoys…………………………

8. Have you ever played a computer game before? -Is this……………………………………………

9. Having a vacation abroad is very interesting. -It is ………………………………………………

10. Would you mind if I smoked in here? -Do you mind…………………………………

Page 59
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 21
I. Find the word whose underlined part is pronounced different from others. (5 pts)

1. A. worked B. naked C. looked D. attacked

2. A. engineer B. excited C. experiment D. exhibition

3. A. teammate B. speaker C. bean D. overhead

4. A. furious B. purpose C. surf D. turn

5. A. deny B. deposit C. benefit D. respond

II. Choose the best answer to fill in the blank. (15 pts)

6. My friend_____________ the answer to the question now.

A. is known B. know C. is knowing D. knows

7. I think I’ll buy this pair of shoes. They_____________ me really well.

A. fit B. are fitting C. have fit D. are fitted

8. I’ll tell my uncle all the news when I_____________ him.

A. will see B. am going to see C. see D. shall see

9. I’ve got my key. I found it when I_____________ for something else.

A. looked B. have looked C. looking D. was looking

10. “All these photographs_____________ with a very cheap camera,” he said.

A. have taken B. take C. were taken D. were taking

11. I wondered_____________ the tickets were on sale yet.

A. what B. whether C. when D. where

12. Dinner will be ready soon. Can you please_____________ the table?

A. lay B. put C. make D. take

13. Our neighbors are very_____________ on camping holidays.

A. interested B. fond C. eager D. keen

14. There are some one following us. I think we_____________ in this area.

A. are following B. are followed C. follow D. are being followed

15. Walt Disney_____________ the character of Mickey Mouse

A. was createdB. is created C. creates D. created

16. Would you like to go to the cinema? –No, thanks. I’d_____________ stay at home.

Page 60
A. better B. like C. rather D. prefer

17. Did they ask you what examinations you’ve_____________?

A. succeeded B. passed C. overcome D. obtained

18. The Caspian Sea, a salt lake, is_____________ any other lake in the world.

A. larger than B. largest C. the largest D. the larger than

19. Most people prefer_____________ money to_____________ it.

A. spend/earn B. spending/earn C. to spend/earning D. spending/earning

20. Our teacher made us_____________ harder.

A. working B. to work C. work D. works

III. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting. (5 pts)

21. Peter, I’d would like you to meet some very special people

A B C D

22. It is greatly to be with you on such a lovely day

A B C D

23. Would you mind to go to the local bookshop to get me some papers?

A B C D

24. I think I prefer country life more than city life.

A B C D

25. Thanks for invite me to the water-fetching contest of your school.

A B C D

IV. Fill in the blanks with the right form of the CAPITAL words provided. (10 pts)

26. It is________________________ to eat too much sugar and fatty food. HEALTH

27. During his______________________ the family lived in Cornwall. CHILD

28. Bell_______________________ demonstrated his invention. SUCCESS

29. Every day, there are two______________ from Da Nang to Ho Chi Minh city. FLY

30. ________________________, dark clouds appeared and it began to rain. SUDDEN

31. Their children have quite______________________ characters.

DIFFERENCE

Page 61
32. What is the correct_______________________ of this word?
PRONOUNCE

33. Relax for some minutes and you’ll feel more______________. COMFORT

34. She is one of the greatest_______________________ to appear in this theater. PERFORM

35. My house is on the top of a hill. It’s very ____________________ there in the fall. WIND

V. Complete the text with the verbs in brackets. Use the passive form. (5 pts)

Wiki Website

“Wiki” means “quick” in Hawaiian. The word is used to describe websites that (36. write)___________ by
people who use the site. Anyone who visits a wiki website can add or change the information on the page. The
first wiki website (37. create)___________ by Ward Cunningham in 1995. Since then, wiki guidebooks, wiki
dictionaries and wiki encyclopedias (38. publish)___________ on the Internet. The most popular online
encyclopedia is “wikipedia”. Over 22 million entries (39. add)___________ since it started, and it is now the
most detailed encyclopedia in the world. According to the create or of Wikipedia, the work (40.
do)___________ by 20. 000 people who regularly edit the pages. The amazing thing is that the information is
completely free.

VI. Fill in the blanks with suitable word. (10 pts)

celebration custom gather gifts midnight particularly symbolize ring bring display

In Scotland, the biggest (41)___________ of the year is “Hogmanay”. “Hogmanay” is the Scottish word for
New Year’s Eve. On 31st December in Edinburgh, there is an enormous firework (42)___________ at the
castle and they play live music in the park. Thousands of people (43)___________ in the streets, coffees and
bars. Then at 12 o’clock, church bells (44)___________ all over the city. After midnight people go “first
footing”. This is a Scottish (45)___________ that dates back hundreds of years. “First footing” is visiting your
neighbors after (46)___________ on New Year’s Eve. The visitors must step into the house with their right
foot step first, to (47)___________ good luck. Traditionally, the visitors bring three (48)___________: a piece
of coal, a piece of “short bread” ( a Scottish biscuit) and a little whisky. The gifts (49)___________ warmth,
food and happiness. If the first person who visits your home after midnight is a man with dark hair, that is
(50)___________ lucky.

VII. Read the passage and choose the best answer in the blanket. (10 pts)

For many people, traveling by plane is an exciting experience. Others, however, find the whole idea
quite terrifying, (51)___________ flying is no more dangerous (52)___________ any other form of travel and
some experts say it is considerably safer. It is known, however, that most accident occurs (53)___________
taking off and landing when (54)___________ decisions are vitally important.

The people (55)___________ job it is to look (56)___________ the passengers, the stewards and
stewardesses play an important part in helping passengers to (57)___________ safe and comfortable. Indeed
for many passengers being (58)___________ such care of is all part of the total experience. (59)___________
other form of travel involves waiting for people in quite the same (60)___________ with food, drink,
newspapers, magazines, music, and even video films.

51. A. although B. too C. and D. because

Page 62
52. A. than B. as C. then D. with

53. A. while B. during C. for D. through

54. A. leader’s B. chief’s C. driver’s D. pilot’s

55. A. whose B. which C. their D. that

56. A. for B. up C. after D. round

57. A. feel B. rest C. experience D. lie

58. A. given B. kept C. shown D. taken

59. A. Any B. No C. All D. Not

60. A. sort B. kind C. way D. part

VIII. Rewrite the following sentences so that it has a similar meaning to the first. (10 pts)

61. Tom works hard as a student. →

Tom__________________________________________________________________________________.

62. It is good exercise to run a mile a day. →

Running_________________________________________________________________________.

63. It’s a great pleasure to be with you. →

Being_________________________________________________________________________________.

64. We didn’t see her at all. →

She___________________________________________________________________________________.

65. Tom is not as tall as Peter. →

Peter_________________________________________________________________________________.

Page 63
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 22
I. Choose the underlined part that pronounced differently from the others. (5 pts)

1. A. honest B. hour C. honor D. huour

2. A. deaf B. beat C. lead D. teach

3. A. there B. thank C. youth A. thirsty

4. A. fund B. upset C. tutor D. plug

5. A. option B. informationC. question D. invitation

II. Put the verbs in brackets into correct tenses. (10 pts)

a. Yesterday, I (6. spend)____________ two hours (7. do)____________ the homework.

b. The thieves (8. catch)____________ when the (9. leave)____________ the bank.

c. Two hours ago, Mrs. Brown (10. have)____________ Alice (11. take)____________ her son to the school.

d. How many times you (12. be)____________ to Ho Chi Minh City?

e. The moon (13. move)____________ around the earth.

f. Next summer, my parents will let me (14. visit)____________ my grandfather.

g. How about (15. go)____________ to the zoo?

III. Fill in the gaps with suitable prepositions. (10 pts)

a. She went out the room (16)____________ saying a word.

b. The life in the countryside is changing (17)____________ better.

c. She was born (18)____________ 2 o’clock (19)____________ 18th July.

d. Mary is thinking (20)____________ importing flowers (21)____________ China.

e. They are traveling (22)____________ the airport (23)____________ a bus.

f. I am afraid (24)____________ ghost.

g. The fight (25)____________ deforestation is very important.

IV. Put the words in brackets into correct forms. (10 pts)

26. The question isn’t good. It’s____________ to ask. (import)

27. His father soon died of a____________ heart. (break)

28. Don’t let the child go out because it’s____________. (wind)

29. I am going to have a____________ check-up next Monday. (medicine)

30. The knife is ____________ it can cut everything. (use)

Page 64
31. Ha Long Bay is in____________ Vietnam. (north)

32. The wild animals are being____________. (appear)

33. I couldn’t find any____________ between the two picture. (different)

34. She is a ____________ she sells flowers at a shop in Canada. (flower)

35. Long put____________ on that towel to stop the bleeding. (press)

V. Choose the best answer. (10 pts)

36. Do you find anything_____________ there?

A. interested B. useful C. bored D. easily

37. Ann is very busy these days. She has_____________ free time.

A. a little B. few C. a few D. little

38. It’s raining very_____________

A. wet B. badly C. hard D. firmly

39. A new shopping is_____________ in my neighborhood today.

A. being opened B. opened C. opening D. be opened

40. The stolen machines were_____________ a lot of money.

A. valued B. cost C. price D. worth

41. I finish_____________ the book and went to bed.

A. read B. to read C. reading D. reads

42. That man can tell us where_____________.

A. does John live B. is John living C. John lives D. John live

43. _____________ clothes do you prefer, T- shirt or pullover?

A. Which B. What C. Where D. How

44. Can you_____________ your paper with you when I come there, please?

A. collect B. bring C. get D. take

45. Smoking is harmful_____________ your health.

A. on B. for C. about D. to

VI. Rewrite the following sentences as directed. (10 pts)

46. Has anyone asked you for your opinions? → Nam said
that_________________________________.

Page 65
47. I had a dog once, but I don’t have anymore. →
I_______________________________________________________________.

48. The water was so cold that the children couldn’t swim in it. → The
water__________________________________________.

49. “Eat more and more vegetables” the doctor said. → The doctor
told_______________________________.

50. To live on your salary must be hard. →

It______________________________________________________________.

51. Tom is the best player in the team. → No one in the

team______________________.

52. It’s interesting to read this book. → This

book__________________________________________.

53. I spend half an hour traveling to work by motorbike everyday.→ It

takes__________________________________________.

54. Peter said he wasn’t feeling well then. → Peter said

“I__________________________________.”

55. A boy was injured in the accident, he is now in the hospital. → The
boy____________________________________________.

VII. Find and correct ten mistakes in the passage. (20 pts)

VIII. Read the passage and answer the questions. (10 pts)

ends Just with growing been can reason you recycling what

Most types of paper (66)___________ be recycled. Newspapers have (67)___________ recycled profitably
for decades and recycling of other paper is (68)___________. It’s important to know (69)___________ you are
buying in a paper product, for that (70)___________ virtually all paper products should be marked
(71)___________ the percentage and type of recycled content. (72)___________ saying “recycle paper” isn’t
enough. “Recycled paper” can mean anything from 100% true recycled paper to 1% re-manufactured

Page 66
(73)___________ of large paper rolls. “Post- consumer” mean the paper that (74)___________ and I return to
(75)___________ centers.

IX. Choose the best answer which can fit in the number space. (10 pts).

Many British people go abroad on holiday, to visit family, or on short business trips. People are
(76)___________ to find out how to get urgent treatment before leaving the UK. They have to
(77)___________ a form which explains what they (78)___________ do if they fall ill or (79)___________ an
accident, and what arrangements exist in (80)___________ country for medical treatment. The regulations are
fairly simple but (81)___________ people do not have this information, they may (82)___________ that
private medical care is extremely expensive. It is not unusual for people to discover that they do not have
(83)___________ money with them to (84)___________ the total costs and (85)___________ such
circumstances an already difficult situation becomes even more complicated.

76. A. advised B. suggested C. said D. spoken

77. A. put B. bring C. till D. get

78. A. ought B. will C. should D. may

79. A. have B. get C. happen D. take

80. A. their B. each C. one D. this

81. A. because B. whether C. as D. if

82. A. look B. want C. find D. know

83. A. enough B. little C. few D. full

84. A. pay B. give C. spend D. have

85. A. on B. in C. at D. up

Page 67
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 23
I. Select the word whose bold and underlined part is pronounced differently from others. (5 pts)

1. A. looked B. watched C. stopped D. carried

2. A. bath B. father C. theater D. health

3. A. danger B. angry C. language D. passage

4. A. whole B. when C. where D. while

5. A. improvement B. equipment C. comment D. development

II. Choose the correct word or phrase underlined to complete each sentence. (15 pts)

6. He asked me (if I have/ whether I have/ if I had/ whether I have had) a driving license.

7. Cool the burn immediately (so as/ so that/ in order to/ because) to minimize tissue damage.

8. She promises she (is/ be/ has been/ will be) back in about ten minutes.

9. This project (is carried out/ will carried out / carries out/ will be carried out) next month.

10. I saw him (watering/ water/ is watering/ to water) the flowers in the garden.

11. Angkor Wat is the (large/ largest / larger/ most largest) temple in the world.

12. In the rice – cooking festival, a fire is made in the (modern/ new/ traditional/ old time) way.

13. Hoa told me that she (is / was/ were/ had been) hungry.

14. It (sounds/ hears/ says/ listens) interesting. How does it work?

15. It isn’t good for children (to eat/ eating/ for eating/ eat) too many sweets.

16. My mother is (enough/ too/ so/ very) tired to cook tonight

17. They haven’t seen each other (since/ for/ at/ in) Christmas.

18. Alexander Graham Bell invented the (washing machine/ computer/ television set/ telephone).

19. Mr Hoang is used (eat/ to eat/ to eating/ ate) no thing before going to work

20. Tim saw his friends while he (cross/ was crossing/ is crossing/ crossed) the street.

III. Choose the best option A, B, C or D to complete the following questions. (10 pts)

21. She went to market without ______________________ anything.

A. buy B. to buy C. bought D. buying

22. ______________________ she plays the piano!

A. How well B. How good C. What well D. What good

23. The new shopping mall is quite ______________________ the present shopping area.

Page 68
 A. different from B. the same C. like to D. similar

24. There were ________________________________ flowers that I couldn’t decide what to buy.

A. so many B. so few C. so little D. so much

25. Of my parents, my father is ________________________________

A. the stricter B. the strictest C. strict D. stricter

26. Would you ________________________________ cleaning the floor for me?

A. like B. please C. mind D. rather

27. I’ve never seen such an interesting ______________________________

A. performing B. performer C. performance D. performed

28. I’m sorry. I’m not _____________________ to help you lift the table.

A. enough strong B. too strong C. strong enough D. enough strength.

29. I usually go to work by bus, but _____________ and then I use my motorbike

A. again B. once C. now D. ever

30. There are not _______________________ jobs for all of us.

A. so B. such C. too D. enough

IV. Fill a suitable preposition in each blank. (10 pts)

31. Mrs. Vui always prides___________ her cooking.

32. It is safe to keep medicine___________ locked cupboards.

33. Lipton tea is different___________ Dilmah tea.

34. How___________ going to Vinh Market this afternoon?

35. Mr John is very interested___________ the history of Viet Nam.

36. When my parents arrived home, I was waiting___________ a phone call.

37. Mary regretted not bringing a lot of clothes___________ her. It was very cold.

38. Hoa got up late as her alarm clock didn’t go___________.

39. Would you mind if I had a look___________ your luggage?

40. Because of the heavy storm, the ship moved up and___________ the water.

V. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets. (10 pts)

41. The lecturer is giving us first-aid____________. (instruct)

42. Relax for some minutes and you’ll feel more____________. (comfort)
Page 69
43. He said “Good morning” in a most___________ way. (friend)

44. This book is___________ enough for me to read. (interest)

45. Sa Pa is a wonderful___________ resort in Viet Nam. (mountain)

46. Nam’s sister has been an___________ for seven years. (act)

47. Diana is a___________. She sells flowers at a shop in New York. (flower)

48. The view of this mountain is____________. (beauty)

49. My mother doesn’t like me to wear short skirts to church. She thinks they are____________. (suitable)

50. Christmas songs were___________ for people in towns and villages. (perform)

VI. Read and choose the words or phrases that best fit each of the blank spaces. (10 pts)

Paper

Paper was (51)__________ by the Chinese in the first century AD. Most paper is made (52)__________ wood.
When trees are (53)__________, they are transported (54)__________ land or water to paper mill. Here they
are cut (55)__________ and the wood is broken up into fibres. Which are (56)__________ with water and
chemicals. This wood pulp is then dried on a machine and (57)__________ into paper.

One tree is needed for every 400 (58)__________ of a typical forty-page newspaper. If half the adults
in Britain each buy one daily paper, this uses up over 40.000 trees a day. Trees are being cut down faster than
they are being (59)__________, so there may be a (n) (60)__________ paper shortage before the year 2010.

51. A. imagined B. invented C. thought D. brought

52. A. from B. of C. by D. with

53. A. cut in B. cut of C. cut down D. cut up

54. A. on B. of C. through D. by

55. A. up B. all C. over D. in

56. A. turned B. mixed C. beaten D. joined

57. A. make B. making C. made D. to make

58. A. covers B. texts C. sheets D. copies

59. A. set up B. replaced C. grown up D. found

60. A. able B. important C. serious D. essential

VII. Find a mistake by choosing A, B, C or D. (5 pts)

61. Have you ever seen a painting of Picasso yet?

A B C D

Page 70
62. “Do you think anyone saw us?” she told nervously.

A B C D

63. The plays writing by Shakespeare are very popular in the world.

A B C D

64. The employer said that he would give them a two-day trip to Phu Tho next week.

A B C D

65. My sister is studying very hard in order to pass the exam and getting scholarship at university.

A B C D

V. Rewrite these sentences so that they have the same meaning. (20 pts)

66. She studies English so that she can improve her knowledge. → She studies English so as____________.

67. The last time I went to Ho Chi Minh City was 6 years ago. →I
haven’t___________________________________________________.

68. “Where is the post office?” A visitor asked Lan. → A visitor asked
Lan________________________.

69. May I borrow your ruler? → Would you

mind________________________________.

70. We spent five hours getting to London. → It took

us__________________________________________________.

71. Someone is going to tune my piano tomorrow. → I am

going____________________________________________.

72. Nam keeps forgetting his homework. → Nam

is_____________________________________________________.

73. My mother gave me a very nice watch yesterday. →I

was____________________________________________________________.

74. We’d prefer you not to smoke. → We’d

rather__________________________________________.

75. “You should not believe him, Minh” said Toan → Toan
advised_________________________________________.

Page 71
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 24
I. Choose the word (A, B, C, or D) which has the underlined part pronounced differently. (5 pts)

1. A. climate B. comic C. hike D. website

2. A. worked B. laughed C. hoped D. naked

3. A. cover B. category C. ancient D. decorate

4. A. erupt B. humor C. UFO D. communicate

5. A. Buddhism B. bomb C. viable D. bulb

II. Choose the word (A, B, C, or D) which has the stress pattern different from others. (5 pts)

6. A. comprise B. depend C. design D. novel

7. A. tropical B. collection C. tendency D. charity

8. A. friendliness B. occasion C. pagoda D. deposit

9. A. importing B. specific C. impolite D. important

10. A. federation B. unpolluted C. disappearing D. profitable

III. Choose the best answer to complete each sentence. (10 pts)

11. All the sentences below use “the”, which one is correct?

A. Can you pass the sugar please? B. The crime is a problem in many big cities.

C. The apples are good for you. D. I love the skiing.

12. Our friends have lived in Ho Chi Minh city ____________________ 2002

A. for B. since C. in D. about

13. He prefers soccer _____________________ tennis

A. from B. than C. to D. or

14. If they worked more carefully, they _____________________ so many mistakes.

A. won’t makeB. don’t make C. wouldn’t make D. didn’t make

15. He ____________________ to his friend’s party when his parents asked him to go home.

A. goes B. was going C. went D. has gone

16. There’s a strange man behind us. I think____________.

A. we are followed B. we are being followed

C. we are being following D. we are following

17. Which of the following is the strongest advice?

Page 72
A. You should get a hair-cut. B. If I were you I’d get a hair-cut.

C. You ought to get a hair-cut. D. You really must get a hair-cut.

18. _____________ you mind if I use your dictionary?

A. Will B. Do C. Can D. Did

19. Mr. Vo Van Kiet, ___________ was our former Prime Minister, was born in Vinh Long.

A. that B. whose C. who D. whom

20. All that rubbish will have to be __________ at once.

A. get rid of B. got rid of C. got rid D. getting rid of

IV. Give the correct form of the verbs in the brackets to complete the passage: (10 pts)

21. My friend was (make)______________________ (pay) ________________________ back the book.

22. Hardly he (take) ______________________ up the book when the phone (ring) _____________.

23. Can you imagine what I (come)_____________________ across when I (roll)____________________ up

the carpet yesterday?

24. If she wins the prize, it (be) ________________________________ because she (write)
_______________________ very well.

25. He resented (ask) ______________ (wait) ____________________. He had expected the minister to see
him at once.

V. Give the correct form of the word in brackets to complete each sentence. (10 pts)

26. ___________ has caused many so-called man-made disasters. (forest)

27. __________ often walk through the streets shouting or singing about something they sell. (cry)

28. Gas and oil ________________________________________ always increases in cold weather.

(consume)

29. The police are interested in the sudden ________________________________ of the valuable painting.
(appear)

30. He claimed that his ___________________________________________ had caused him to become a

criminal. (bring up)

31. A lot of toys encourage children’s______________________________.

(imagine)

32. The factory has provided cheaper______________________________ lately.

(produce)

33. Burning coal is an____________________ way of heating a house. Gas is much cheaper.
(economy)

Page 73
34. According to some scientists the earth is losing its outer atmosphere because of __________. (pollute)

35. She has one of the biggest art ____________________________________________ in Britain.

(collect)

VII. Choose the underlined part of each sentence that needs correcting. (5 pts)

41. Preserving natural resources mean reserving them for our future.

A B C D

42. Despite of the increase in air fares, most people still prefer to travel by plane.

A B C D

43. Regardless of your teaching method, the objective of any conversation class should be for students to
practice speaking words. A B

C D

44. The injured man was taken to the hospital.

A B C D

45. In order for one to achieve the desired results in this experiment, it is necessary that he work as fastly as
possible. A B

C D

VIII. Read the text below the fill in the missing words. (15 pts)

SAVING THE TIGER

In 1973, when the tiger appeared to (0) be facing extinction, the World Wide Fund for Nature and (46)
__________Indian Government agreed to set (47) ___________ “Operation Tiger”- a campaign (48)
___________ save this threatened creature. They started by creating nine special parks (49) __________that
tigers could live in safety. The first was at Ranthambhore, a region (50) __________ was quickly turning into a
desert (51) __________ too much of the grass was being eaten by the local people’s cattle. At the time there
(52) ___________ just fourteen tigers left there. The government had to clear twelve small villages, which
mean moving nearly 1,000 people and 10,000 cattle so the land (53) ___________ be handed back to nature.

Today, Ranthambhore is a very different place, with grass tall (54) __________ for tigers to hide in, and there
are now at (55) ___________ forty of them (56) __________ the park, wandering freely about. Other animals
have also benefited. For example, there are many (57) __________ deer and monkeys than before. The people
(58) ____________were moved are now living in better conditions. They live in new villages away (59)
__________ the tiger park, with schools, temples and fresh water supplies. There are now sixteen such tiger
parks in India and the animals’ future looks (60) ___________little safer.

IX. Complete the sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the original sentence. (15 pts)

61. You should review your lessons for the exam. It’s
time___________________________________________________.

Page 74
62. That man used to work with me when I lived in New York. That’s
_____________________________________________________.

63. What a pity they close the shops at lunch-time. I wish

_____________________________________________________.

64. We like ice-cream but we don’t have it every day. Although

__________________________________________________.

65. When did you start working in that factory? How long
____________________________________________.

66. Oil was slowly covering the sand of the beach. The
sand__________________________________________________.

67. “Where is the station car-park?” Mrs. Smith asked. Mrs. Smith asked
______________________________.

68. He was sorry he hadn’t said goodbye to her at the airport. He regretted
_________________________________________.

69. I advise you not to buy that car. If

________________________________________________________________.

70. Why don’t you ask her yourself? I suggest that

_________________________________________.

I. Choose the word that has the underlined (letters) pronounced differently. (5 pts)

A. geology

B. psychology

C. classify

D. photography

A. death

Page 75
B. stream

C. ready

D. leather

A. children

B. child

C. mild

D. wild

A. canceled

B. earned

C. startled

D. laughed

A. helped

B. booked

C. hoped

D. waited

II. Choose the word whose main stress is placed differently from the others. (5 pts)

A. difference

B. suburban

C. internet

D. character

A. beautiful

B. effective

C. favorite

D. popular
Page 76
A. attraction

B. government

C. borrowing

D. visit

A. difficulty

B. individual

C. population

D. unemployment

A. biology

B. redundancy

C. interviewer

D. comparative

III. Each of the numbered lines in the passage contains a mistake, find and correct it. (20 pts)

IV. Put the words in the correct form. (20 pts)

21. People in my country are very warm and (friend)_______________________.

22. An (orphan)_______________________ is a home for children whose parents are dead.

23. L.A Hill is a (humor)_______________________ writer.

24. I love the (peaceful)_______________________ of summer evenings in the countryside.

25. Brian is very (social)_______________________ and generous.

Page 77
26. The N12 hurricane in Central Vietnam caused the (break)_______________________ of epidemics.

27. Many people are made (penny)_______________________ after the mishap of the typhoon.

28. My parents enjoy the (peaceful)_______________________ of the countryside.

29. The (chaos)_______________________ crowds of flood-stricken victims are striving for survival.

30. His bad behaviors are said to be resulted from his childhood’s (bring)_______________________.

V. Fill in each of the numbered blanks with ONE suitable word. (10 pts)

I began my teaching career nearly ten years (31)____________. I spent six years (32)____________ in a
remote village (33)____________ the villagers were very poor and the living standard was low. Sometimes I
was very disappointed because of bad (34)____________ condition and low pay. I was really homesick.
However, at (35)____________ time, with my youth enthusiasm, I (36)____________ my best to devote
myself to (37)____________ noblest career that was "teaching". I loved my poor little students. They were
living in (38)____________ but they could not suffer from empty mind.

I am proud of myself to be a teacher, a hard working "boatman" taking my students (39)____________ the
"destination" of (40)____________.

VI. Fill in the blanks with a suitable preposition. (10 pts)

41. Snow is falling all_____________ the country. 42. Will you pick me_____________ after the
party?

43. The secretary took a message_____________ her boss. 44. He emigrated_____________ Canada during
1870s.

45. We all agreed_____________ their request for a full investigation.

46. The post office is not far_____________ my house.

47. Let’s meet at the City Theater_____________ 7 o’clock because the play is on at 7 p.m.

48. She was born_____________ May 16th, 2001 in NhaTrang.

49. He worked_____________ deaf-mutes at Boston University.

50. Mrs. Lien said you could reach her_____________ 8 603 312.

VII. Choose from A, B, C, or D the one that best answers each of the questions. (20 pts)

A pilot cannot fly by sight alone. In many conditions, such as flying at night and landing in dense fog, a pilot
must use radar, an alternative way of navigating. Since human eyes are not very good at determining speeds of
approaching objects, radar can show a pilot how fast nearby planes are moving. The basic principle of radar is
exemplified by what happens when one shouts in a cave. The echo of the sounds against the walls helps a
person determine the size of the cave. With radar, however, the waves are radio waves instead of sound waves.
Radio waves travel at the speed of light, about 300,000 kilometers in one second. A radar set sends out a short
burst of radio waves. Then it receives the echoes produced when the waves bounce off objects. By determining
the time it takes for the echoes to return to the radar set, a trained technician can determine the distance
between the radar set and other objects. The word “radar”, in fact, gets its name from the term “radio detection

Page 78
and ranging”. “Ranging” is the term for detection of the distance between an object and the radar set. Besides
being of critical importance to pilots, radar is essential for air traffic control, tracking ships at sea, and for
tracking weather systems and storms.

51. What is the main topic of this passage?

A. The nature of radar. B. History of radar.

C. Alternatives to radar. D. Types of ranging.

52. According to the passage, what can radar detect besides location of objects?

A. Shape B. Size C. Speed D. Weight

53. The word “exemplified” in the passage can be replaced by______________.

A. “specified” B. “resembled” C. “illustrated” D. “justified”

54. The word “shouts” in the passage most closely means______________.

A. “exclaims” B. “yells” C. “shoots” D. “whispers”

55. Which of the following words best describes the tone of this passage?

A. argumentative B. explanatory C. humorous D. imaginative

56. According to the passage, the distance between a radar set and an object can be determined
by______________.

A. the time it takes for a burst of radio waves to produce echoes when the waves bounce off the object

B. the term “ranging” used for detection of the distance between an object and the radar set

C. the time it takes for the radio waves to produce echoes and bounce off the object

D. the time it takes for the echoes produced by the radio waves to return to the radar set

57. Which type of waves does radar use?

A. tidal B. sound C. heat D. radio

58. The word “tracking” in the passage most closely means______________.

A. sending B. searching for C. ranging D. repairing

59. Which of the following would most likely be the topic of the next paragraph?

A. A history of flying. B. Other uses of radar.

C. The technology used by pilots. D. Uses of some technology.

60. What might be inferred about radar?

A. It takes the place of a radio. B. It has improved navigational safety.

C. It was developed from a study of sound waves.

Page 79
D. It gave birth to the invention of the airplane.

VIII. Finish the second sentence so that it means the same as the first one. (10 pts)

61. My mother was the most warm-hearted person I’ve ever known.

→
I’ve______________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________.

62. As I get older, I want to travel less.

→ The
older_____________________________________________________________________________________
_________.

63. We couldn’t find George anywhere.

→ George
was______________________________________________________________________________________
______.

64. It was a bit difficult to get into work this morning.

→
Getting___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________.

65. I last saw him in 1998.

→I
haven't___________________________________________________________________________________
__________________.

Page 80
I. Choose the correct answers in A, B, C or D to complete each sentence. (10 pts)

1. Bob hasn’t____________ his mind yet.

A.

made

B.

gone

C.

used to

D.

found

2. Everyone has to follow this way to get into the fair, ____________?

A.

do they

B.

don’t they

C.

doesn’t she

D.

doesn’t he

Page 81
3. We spent half a year____________ this hotel.

A.

to build

B.

built

C.

with building

D.

building

4. She is bored____________ getting up early.

A.

with

B.

in

C.

of

D.

to

5. Would you like me to get you something to drink? - ________________________.

A.

That would be nice

B.

No, I’m sorry

C.

That’s too bad

D.
Page 82
My pleasure

6. English is the____________ language on one- fifth of the land area of the world.

A.

office

B.

official

C.

officer

D.

officially

7. It's an hour since he____________, so he must be at the office now.

A.

has left

B.

left

C.

was leaving

D.

is leaving

8. 14. I usually go to work by bus, but____________ and then I use my motorbike.

A.

again

B.

Once

C.

now
Page 83
D.

ever

9. Of my parents, my father is____________.

A.

the stricter

B.

the strictest

C.

stricter

D.

strict

10. "What can I get for you?". _________________________________________.

A.

All right

B.

I'm afraid not

C.

I hope so

D.

Yes, please

II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others. (5 pts)

1.

A.

think

B.

healthy

C.
Page 84
thus

D.

ethnic

2.

A.

discussion

B.

revision

C.

attention

D.

admission

3.

A.

cease

B.

chase

C.

increase

D.

raise

4.

A.

although

B.

enough

C.

laugh

D.
Page 85
cough

5.

A.

mute

B.

junior

C.

music

D.

humor

III. Put the correct verb forms of the verb in brackets. (10 pts)

1. "Do you mind if I sit here?" - "I'd rather you (sit)_____________ over there."

2. There (be)_____________ no rain here for 6 months.

3. He spoke to me as if he (be)_____________ my father.

4. By the time we (stop)_____________ , we had driven six hundred miles.

5. The price (become)_____________ more and more expensive these days.

6. Pupils are made (work)_____________ hard at this school.

7. It’s ten years since I last (see)_____________ her.

8. Don’t forget (lock)_____________ the door before going to bed.

9. The pens (produce)_____________ by Thien Long Company are usually cheap and good.

10. The film (begin)_____________ at 7.30 or 8.00?

IV. Fill the blanks with the right form of the CAPITAL words provided. (10 pts)

1. Their children have quite_______________________ characters.

DIFFERENCE

2. What is the correct________________________ of this word?

PRONOUNCE

3. He didn’t win the championship, so he felt very_______________________. HOPE

4. She is one of the greatest_____________________ to appear in this theater. PERFORM

5. My house is on the top of a hill. It’s very____________ there in the fall. WIND

Page 86
6. It is_____________________ to eat too much sugar and fatty food. HEALTH

7. Many rural areas in Viet Nam have been____________________ in the last few years. URBAN

8. Bell________________________ demonstrated his invention. SUCCESS

9. Every day, there are two____________ from Da Nang to Ho Chi Minh city. FLY

10. There are a lot of______________________________ in the competition.

CONTEST

V. Choose the underlined words or phrases that are not correct. (5 pts)

1. Lan seemed happily when she received her aunt’s letter.

A B C D

2. My brother didn’t have money enough to buy the dictionary he liked.

A B C D

3. We should put the coffee table among the armchair and the couch.

A B C D

4. The driver of the car was serious injured in the accident.

A B C D

5. Everyone was exciting as the prince wanted to choose his wife from the village.

A B C D

VI. Read the passage and choose the correct answer in A, B, C or D. (10 pts)

Flood in Dorchester

(1)___________ six o’clock yesterday evening, the River Thames burst its banks and flooded a wide area. By
nine o’clock the floods had reached the town of Dorchester. The main street was soon (2)___________ 3 feet
of water. Fire engines arrived quickly to pump away the water, but heavy rain made their job very
(3)___________.

Mrs. Rose Willow, a (4)___________ nearly 80 years old, and living alone in her cottage, was trapped upstairs
(5)___________ three hours. Finally, firemen were able to rescue her with ladders and a small
(6)___________ “My cat, Tibbles, stayed with me all the time”, said Mrs. Willow. “She (7)___________ me a
lot. She sat with me so I didn’t feel afraid”.

The rain has finally stopped, the river level is falling and the weather forecast is good, (8)___________ the
floods have done a great deal of damage. “Luckily, nobody was (9)___________ or injured”, Chief Fire Office
Hawkins (10)___________ reporters, “but it will take a long time to clear up the mess”.

1.

A.

Page 87
In

B.

To

C.

At

D.

Until

2.

A.

over

B.

under

C.

through

D.

between

3.

A.

easy

B.

difficult

C.

quick

D.

clear

4.

A.

girl

B.
Page 88
man

C.

lady

D.

child

5.

A.

for

B.

during

C.

while

D.

through

6.

A.

ship

B.

boat

C.

car

D.

bicycle

7.

A.

worried

B.

frightened

C.
Page 89
bored

D.

helped

8.

A.

but

B.

also

C.

therefore

D.

so

9.

A.

burnt

B.

cut

C.

scratched

D.

drowned

10.

A.

said

B.

asked

C.

told

D.
Page 90
spoke

VIII. Rewrite the following sentences using the words provided. (10 pts)

1. Couldn’t you find a better hotel? Is

this____________________________________________.

2. I haven’t seen that man here before. This

is____________________________________________.

3. Old car tires are recycled to make shoes and sandals.

People___________________________________________.

4. The coffee is so hot that I can’t drink it. The coffee is

too______________________.

5. Somebody repaired his car yesterday. He

had__________________________________________.

ENGLISH PRACTICE 27
I. Choose the word in each group that has the underlined part pronounced differently. (3 pts)

1. A. read B. beat C. bread D. heat

2. A. put B. but C. peanut D. shut

3. A. what B. hat C. cat D. fat

II. Pick out the word whose main stressed syllable is different from the rest. (2 pts)

4. A. native B. revive C. relative D. sensitive

5. A. disjunction B. solution C. instruction D. station

III. Choose the best words or phrases to complete the sentences below. (15 pts)

6. It is the largest ship I_____________.

A. Has seen B. saw C. have ever seen D. seen

7. Students are looking forward to_____________ on holiday.

A. go B. going C. went D. have gone

8. His grandfather died. _____________ the age of 90.

A. in B. of C. on D. at

9. Drinking and smoking will do great harm_____________ people's health.

A. to B. for C. with D. in

10. Lomonosov was not_____________ a great scientist but also a very talented poem.

A. fairly B. merely C. hardly D. scarcely

Page 91
11. His parents never allowed him_____________.

A. to smoking B. smoking C. to smoke D. smoked

12. School children always object to_____________ uniform.

A. wearing B. wear C. have worn D. wore

13. Wine is made_____________ rice.

A. of B. from C. in D. with

14. Let your name_____________ in the sheet of paper

A. to be written B. be written C. write D. being written

15. He was offered the job. _____________ he had no experience.

A. even though B. despite C. while D. however

16. If only he_____________ accept some help with the work instead of trying to do it alone.

A. will B. may C. would D. were

17. Television_____________ very popular since the 1950s.

A. is B. was C. has been D. have been

18. After a month, Hoa got used to_____________ in her new school.

A. study B. studying C. studied D. is studying

19. He likes_____________ him "sir"

A. to call B. calling C. to be called D. to be calling

20. He has his sister_____________ his homework.

A. to do B. do C. doing D. done

IV. Complete the sentences using the correct form of the word in bracket. (10 pts)

21. He drives very carefully. He is a very_____________ driver. (CARE)

22. My brother and Trung like_____________ movie very much. (ACT)

23. Although he tried his best to do it, he was_____________. (SUCCESS)

24. This stadium looks larger. It has been_____________. (LARGE)

25. Lan fell off the bike, but her_____________ were not serious. (INJURE)

26. You must read the following_____________ precaution carefully. (SAFE)

27. We watch the news every day because it's very_____________. (INFORM)

28. He's always telling lies. He's a_____________ . (LIE)

Page 92
29. Nowadays, scouting is popular_____________. (WORLD)

30. Nam likes helping the other, he's a_____________ person. (HELP)

V. Choose the best word to complete the passage below. (10 pts)

Most people think (31)___________ computers are very modern inventions, products of our new technological
age. But actually the idea for a computer had been worked out over 2 centuries ago by a man (32)___________
Charles Babbage. Babbage was born (33)___________ 1791 and grew (34)___________ to be a brilliant
mathematician. He (35)___________ up plans for several calculating machines which he called "engines". But
despite the fact that he (36)___________ building some of these, he never finished any of them. Over the
years, people have argued. (37)___________ his machines would ever work. Recently, however, the Science
Museum in London has finished building engine based (38)___________ of the Babbage's designs.
(39)___________ has taken 6 years to complete and more than 4 thousand parts have been specially made.

Whether it works or not, the machine will (40)___________ on show at a special exhibition in the Science
Museum to remind people of Babbage's work.

31. A. of B. from C. in D. up

32. A. known B. called C. recognized D. written

33. A. about B. around C. in D. at

34. A. down B. up C. along D. across

35. A. wrote B. drew C. took D. made

36. A. wanted B. started C. made D. missed

37. A. until B. though C. why D. whether

38. A. on B. off C. in D. out

39. A. He B. One C. It D. They

40. A. come B. be C. take D. carry

VI. Read the passage and choose the best answer. (10 pts)

"Let's have a picnic lunch in the countryside." This is easy to say nice to think about. You imagine a beautiful
green field with a big tree in the middle which gives some shade from the sun. All around is lovely scenery and
in the distance you can see the cows quietly eating the grass. After a meal of delicious sandwiches and raw
fruit you can imagine lying in the warm sun then as darkness comes. You strap up your basket and drive
happily home.

But it doesn't always happen like this. You must not forget that flies also like raw food, that green fields are
sometimes damp fields, that rain may follow the sun that peaceful cows may be unfriendly bull.

41. What is easy to say and nice to think about?

A. “Let’s have a picnic lunch in the countryside”. C. “Let’s have a picnic lunch in the green fields”.

B. “Let’s have a picnic lunch in the mountain”. D. “Let’s have a picnic lunch in the city”.
Page 93
42. Where, in your imagination, is the big tree?

A. It’s in the middle of a beach. C. It’s in the middle of a beautiful stadium.

B. It’s in the middle of a hill. D. It’s in the middle of a beautiful green field.

43. What can you imagine doing after meal?

A. We can imagine lying in the darkness. B. We can imagine lying in the warm sun.

C. We can imagine lying in the bedroom. D. We can imagine lying in the hotel.

44. What also likes raw fruit?

A. Dogs also do. B. Lions also do. C. Flies also do. D. Chicken also do.

45. What may follow the sun?

A. The earth may follow the sun. B. The rain may follow the sun.

C. The cows may follow the sun. D. people may follow the sun.

VII. Rewrite each sentence so that the meaning stays the same. (20 pts)

46. Most people can understand him when he speaks English. → He can
make_______________________.

47. She needs to study harder. → She

doesn't________________________.

48. We can't afford to buy this car. → The

car_________________________________.

49. When he is asked about his past, he hates it. → He

hates________________________________.

50. We don’t have enough money, so we can’t buy that house. → If

we_________________________________________.

51. I last wore that shirt in May. →I

haven't________________________________.

52. We have met each other for ages. →

It's____________________________________________.

53. Traveling by air is much more expensive than travelling by train. → Traveling by train___________.

54. Why isn't this TV working? →

What_________________________________________.

55. When is John and Mary's wedding? → When

are_______________________________.

Page 94
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 28
I. Choose the words that has the underline pronounced differently from the others. (5 pts)

1. A. though B. enough C. cough D. rough

2. A. chair B. cheap C. chorus D. child

3. A. missed B. closed C. called D. planned

4. A. fat B. any C. gas D. hat

5. A physics B. basic C. sailor D. subject

II. Choose one word that has a different stress position from the others. (5 pts)

6. A. scissors B. object C. wardrobe D. transmit

7. A. comfortable B. commercial C. generous D. demonstrate

8. A. experiment B. assistant C. sociable D. equipment

9. A. advice B. beauty C. picture D. postcard

10. A. theater B. career C. cinema D. gallery

III. Choose from the four options given (marked A, B, C or D) one best answer. (15 pts)

11. David’s school____________ is very bad this term.

A. report B. period C. day D. semester

12. People go to a____________ to look at the famous works of art.

A. stadium B. gallery C. theater D. fair

13. I’d like to go____________ very much.

A. camp B. to camp C. a camp D. camping

14. Hoa is reading short stories____________ Jack London.

A. of B. from C. by D. with

15. John____________ Susan to go out with him but her parents didn’t let her out.

A. insisted B. suggested C. invited D. helped

16. This book is____________ that I try to read it from beginning to end at one time.

A. so interesting B. so interested C. such interesting D. too interesting

17. “Let it be” is a famous song____________. It is one of the best works by this band.

A. singing by the Beatles B. was sung by the Beatles

C. sung by the Beatles D. sang by the Beatles

Page 95
18. He____________ the train ticket at home.

A. took B. put C. brought D. left

19. She was____________ of watching television.

A. interested B. tired C. tiring D. pleased

20. My mother____________ me that I should wake up earlier.

A. told to B. said C. was told D. said to

21. Our teacher asked us____________ in class.

A. not to talk B. to not talk C. no talk D. without talking

22. Peter broke his leg when he fell____________ his bike.

A. in B. on C. off D. of

23. You should____________ your lesson before the examination.

A. read B. look C. revise D. study

24. Hung is____________ do the crossword puzzles.

A. intelligent enough to B. intelligent enough C. enough intelligent D. enough intelligent to

25. Her math result is____________ than her English result.

A. bad B. bader C. worse D. well

IV. Supply the correct forms of the word in bold. (10 pts)

26. Why was his lecture so___________? bore

27. How many___________ are there in a year in Vietnam? celebrate

28. ___________ have warned the local people of the disaster. science

29. Colin seems___________ for this job. No one can do it better him. suit

30. Winning the___________ was the great pride of the school. compete

31. This coffee is too___________ to drink. heat

32. I can’t tell the___________ between the twins. differ

33. A fairy appeared and___________ changed Miss Tam’s rags into beautiful clothes. magic

34. He drove___________ and he had an accident. care

35. I feel so___________ that I’m going to bed. sleep

V. Read the following passage and choose the best answer for each gap. (10 pts)

Page 96
These days most people, especially young girls, like (36)___________ slim. Our grandparent’s tastes were
different (37)___________ ours but nowadays (38)___________ seems to enjoy (39)___________ fat people.
The only thing (40)___________ is wrong with this is what a (41)___________ said to me the other days: “I
don’t mind (42)___________ these foods if they will help me (43)___________ weight but why do they taste
so awful ?” The reason (44)___________ this is that the manufacturers have to include a lot of vitamins to
satisfy the law, so the only sensible advice I could give my friend was “Eat normal food, but (45)___________
less.”

36. A. to looked B. to look C. they look D. look

37. A. from B. of C. as D. with

38. A. anymore B. none C. everyone D. no one

39. A. to look at B. looking C. looking at D. to look

40. A. it B. that C. what D. who

41. A. friend of mine B. my friend C. friend of me D. friend of my

42. A. to eat B. eat C. eating D. the eating

43. A. gain B. put on C. loose D. lose

44. A. of B. why C. for D. that

45. A. eat B. to eat C. eating D. be eating

VI. Choose options marked A, B, C or D to finish the sentences. (10 pts)

It is five o’clock in the evening when Rene Wagner come home from work. She walks into the living room and
looks at her three children. They are 14, 13 and 9 years old. They are watching TV. The living room is a mess.
There are dirty socks on the floor and cookies on the sofa. Games and toys are everywhere. Rene is angry,
“This place is a mess” she tells her children, “I can’t work all day and then do housework all evening. I’m not
going to do housework!” Rene doesn’t do housework. She doesn’t clean or wash dishes. She doesn’t wash
clothes, either. Every evening she sits on the sofa and watches TV. After two weeks, every plate, fork and glass
in the house is dirty. All the children’s clothes are dirty. Every garbage basket is full. The house is a mess.
Then, one day Rene comes home from work and gets a big surprise. The kitchen is clean. The children clean
the kitchen! The next day, the living room is clean, and the children are washing their clothes. Rene tells the
children “OK, I’ll do the housework again. But you have to help me.” Now Rene and her three children do the
housework together. Then they all sit on the sofa and watch TV!

46. When Rene came home from work, she found the house_____________.

A. clean and dirty B. dirty and tidy C. dirty and untidy D. clean but untidy

47. Rene told her children_____________.

A. to do the housework B. she couldn’t do housework

C. not to do housework D. she wouldn’t do housework

48. Two weeks later, the house was_____________.

Page 97
A. very clean B. a mess C. tidy D. rather dirty

49. Some days later, the house was clean again because_____________.

A. she couldn’t let it that way B. her children did housework.

C. her children didn’t do housework. D. she did housework again.

50. Now Rene does housework again because_____________.

A. her children help her. B. they can watch TV together.

C. her children wash their clothes. D. her children don’t do it.

VII. Complete the second sentence so that it has similar meaning to the first one. (5 pts)

51. The movie was very bad. I couldn’t see it. - The movie was not…………………

52. “Shut the door but don’t lock it”, he said to us. - He told…………………………………..

53. The garage is going to repair our car next week. - We are going......................................

54. In spite of his intelligence, he doesn’t do well at school. - Although………………………………..

55. You must see the headmaster. - You’ve……………………………………

Page 98
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 29
I. Find the word the underlined part is pronounced differently. (5 pts)

1. A. light B. like C. lit D. lifebuoy

2. A. stay B. chance C. occasion D. amaze

3. A. power B. tore C. more D. saw

4. A. brother B. honey C. love D. lose

5. A. fell B. mail C. shell D. best

II. Find down the mistakes and correct them: (10 pts)

6. I used to sit next to a man who his name is Michael Faraday. ……………….. …………………

7. I’d rather typing is letter than write it because it faster. ……………….. …………………

8. He drives too fast that no one likes to ride with him. ……………….. …………………

9. The novel writing by Mark Twain attracts a lot of children. ……………….. …………………

10. Thank you very much for you letter who came yesterday. ……………….. …………………

III. Choose A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences: (10 pts)

11. When_____________ a dictionary, you need to be able to understand the symbols and the abbreviations it
contains. A. having used B. use C. to use D. using

12. How can I know_____________ book is yours? - They are so alike.

A. what B. which C. this D. the

13. _____________ Paul brings the money for lunch, we’ll go right down to the cafeteria.

A. Since B. As soon as C. Now that D. Until

14. If I_____________ you, I’d take some rest before the game tomorrow.

A. am B. could be C. were D. would be

15. You have never been to Nha Trang_____________?

A. have you B. haven’t C. you have D. you haven’t

16. She will visit us as soon as she arrives_____________ Paris.

A. at B. in C. on D. to

17. The smaller the room is, the_____________ furniture it needs.

A. fewer B. small C. more D. less

18. The secretary to_____________ I talked didn’t know where the meeting was.

Page 99
A. which B. who C. that D. whom

19. I find the time of English meals very strange. I’m not used_____________ dinner at 5 pm.

A. to have B. to having C. having D. have

20. I have to be present at eight o’ clock and so_____________.

A. are you B. have you C. do you D. you do

IV. Complete each sentence with an appropriate form of the word in the brackets. (10 pts)

21. In some areas, water has to be boiled to (pure)____________ it.

22. Although her visit was (expect)____________, we made her welcome as the same.

23. I know all the boys in my (neighbor)________________________.

24. He doesn’t agree with the (believe)____________ that there is life on other planets.

25. He examined the parcel (suspect)____________, as he had no idea what it could be.

26. All the courses (begin)____________ in January will finish in June.

27. A letter should always end with the (sign)____________ of the writer.

28. It is really quite (ordinary)____________ that we should have been at the same college.

29. There is a great (similar)____________ between Harris and his twin brother.

30. With a good (describe)____________ of the criminal from witness, the police were able to find easily.

V. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete this passage. (10 pts)

These days it is impossible to open a newspaper (31)___________ reading about the damage we are doing to
the environment. The earth is being threatened (32)___________ the future looks bad (33)___________ can
each of us do?

We cannot clean (34)___________ our polluted rivers and seas overnight. Now we can stop the
(35)___________ of plants and animals. But we can stop adding to the problem (36)___________ scientists
look for answer.

It may not be easy to change your lifestyle (37)___________ but some steps are easy to take: cut down the
amount of driving you do, or use as little plastic as possible. It is also easy to save (38)___________, which
also (39)___________ household bills. We all make a personal decision to work for the future of our planet if
we want to ensure a better world (40)___________ our grandchildren.

31. A. with B. without C. and D. but

32. A. and B. however C. so D. moreover

33. A. where B. when C. why D. what

34. A. up B. to C. on D. in

Page 100
35. A. appear B. appearance C. disappear D. disappearance

36. A. when B. during C. while D. within

37. A. complete B. completeness C. completely D. to complete

38. A. water B. energy C. money D. health

39. A. adds B. decrease C. reduces D. supplies

40. A. from B. for C. to D. in

VI. Read the passage below and choose the best answer for each question. (10 pts)

A geyser is the result of underground water under the combined conditions of temperatures and
increased pressure beneath the surface of the earth. Since temperature rises approximately one degree F for
every sixty feet under the earth’s surface and the increases with depth, water that seeps down in cracks and
fissures until it reaches to the rocks in the earth’s interior becomes heated to a temperature in excess of
290degree. Because of the greater pressure, it shoots out of the surface in the form of steam and hot water. The
result is a geyser.

For the most part, geysers are located in three regions of the world: New Zealand, Ice land, and the
Yellowstone National Park area of the United States. The most geyser in the world is Old Faithful in
Yellowstone Park. Old Faithful erupts almost every an hour, rising to a height of 125 to 170 feet and expelling
more than ten thousand feet during each eruption.

41. In order for a geyser to erupts, ____________________.

A. hot rocks must rise to the surface of the earth. B. water must flow underground.

C. It must be a warm day. D. The earth must not be rugged or broken.

42. Old Faithful is located in____________________.

A. New Zealand B. Iceland C. United States D. England

43. Old Faithful erupts____________________.

A. every 10 minutes B. every 60 minutes C. every 125 minutes D. every 170 minutes

44. A geyser is____________________.

A. hot water and steam B. cracks and fissures C. hot rocks D. great pressure

45. As depth increases____________________.

A. pressure increases but temperature does not B. temperature increases but pressure does not

C. both pressure and temperature increases D. neither pressure nor temperature increases.

VI. Fill in the blanks with the suitable prepositions. (5 pts)

46. The girl fell off her bike and hit her head_____________ the road.

47. You‘d better put pressure_____________ the wound.

Page 101
48. The policeman asked me to phone_____________ an ambulance.

49. How can we make contact_____________ you?

50. The ambulance will be there_____________ about 10 minutes.

VI. Finish each sentence in such a way that remains the original meaning. (20 pts)

51. ”You stole the jewels!” the inspector said to him. → The inspector accused.................

52. If you want my advice, I would forget about buying a new house. → If I.................

53. Although the play received good notices, not many people went to see it. → Despite.................

54. Their dog was so fierce that nobody would visit them. → They had.................

55. Would you mind not smoking in here? → I’d rather..................

56. ”Let’s go for a walk in the park” said Andrew. → Andrew suggested that.................

57. I applied for the job but was turned down. → My.................

58. ”Please don’t drive so fast!” Ann told her boyfriend. → Ann told.................

59. Without his help we would all have died. → If it.................................

60.It is said that he escaped to a neutral country. → He..................................

Page 102
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 30
I. Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the words in bracket.
1. Are you ……………… of seeing a doctor? (SCARE)
2. Mai knows how to take care of herself, so she’s very ……………… (HEALTH)
3. He looked ……………… before seeing the doctor (WORRY)
4. You must wash vegetables before eating. Because they may be ……………… (DIRT)
5. Moderation in eating is very ……………… (IMPORANCE)
6. Usually, bands and ……………… perform their latest songs on TV (SING)
7. Life is more ……………… now. (COMFORT)
8. He did the test ……………… (CAREFUl)
9. I Prefer walking to ……………… ( CYCLE)
10. There is an ……………… ( INTEREST)

II. Fill in each nubered blank of the flowing passage with a suitable word.
Viet Nam is in the South-East Asia. It has (1) ……………………… of beautiful mountains, rivers and
beaches. (2) ………………………… are two long (3) ………………………….… in Viet Nam: the Red River
in the north and the Mekong River in the (4) ………………………. The Mekong River is the (5)
……………………… river in the South-East Asia and of course it is longer (6) ……………………… the
Red River. The Mekong River starts in Tibet and (7) ……………………… to the East Sea. Fansipan is (8)
……………………… highest mountain in Viet Nam. It’s 3.142 meters (9) ………………………. Viet Nam
also has many nice (10) ……………………… such as Tra Co, Sam Son, Nha Trang, Vung Tau.

III. Read the passage and choose the correct answer for each quetion.
Nha Trang is one of tha most importain tourist hubs of Viet Nam, Thanks to its beautiful with fine and clean
sand and the clear ocean water with mild temperatures all year round. There are several resorts-Such as Vinpearl,
Diamond Bay and Ana Mandara, amusement and water parks, both in the city and on islands off the coast. The
possibly most beautiful street of Nha Trang is Tran Phu Street along the seaside, Sometimes referred to as the Pacific
Coast Highway of Viet Nam.
Lying off Nha Trang is the Hon Tre Island (Bamboo Island), with a major resort operated by the Vinpearl
Group. The Vinpearl Cable Car, a gondola life system, links the mainland to the five-star resort and theme park on
Hon Tre Island.

1. Why is Nha Trang one of the most important tourist hubs of Viet Nam?
A. Because it has beautiful beaches and fine clean sand.
B. Because it has clean ocean water and mild temperatures.
C. Because it has beautiful beaches and clean water.
D. Because it has fine clean sand and mild temperatures.
2. Diamond Bay is the name of a/an ………………………
A. resort B. amusement park C. island D. water park
3. Where are resorts and parks?
A. In the city only B. In the city and on islands
C. On islands only D. On islands and off the coast

4. The Pacific Coast Highway of Viet Nam refers to …………… in Nha Trang.
A. Hon Tre Island B. Vinpearl Group
C. Ans Mandara Resort D. Tran Phu Street
5. The Vinpearl Cable Car is a ………………………
A. Five-star resort B. gondola lift system
C. thteme park D. mainland link
VI. Rewite the following sentences so that their meanings stay the same.
1. The children should not stay up late.
The children ought …………………………………………………………………………………..……………
2. My brother likes swimming better than jogging.

Page 103
My brother prefers …………………………………………………………………………………..……………
3. Let’s talk about the film.
How about ………………………………………………………………………………………………..
……………
4. My father likes to study traditional customs.
My father is interested …………………………………………………………………………..……………
5. Minh studies Literature very well.
Minh is ………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
……………
6. The books I like reading the most are fairy are tales of Hans Chritain Andersen.
My Favorite ……………………………………..………………………………………………………..
……………
7. Mr. Nam is good soccer player.
Mr. Nam plays ……………………………………..…………………………………………………..
……………
8. This house is more expensive than that one.
That house ……………………………………..………………………………………………………..
……………
9. Why don’t we go to the beach?
What about ……………………………………..………………………………………………………..
……………
10. The trip lasts ieght days.
It is an ……………………………………..………………………….……………………………………..
……………

Page 104
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 31
I. Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the words in bracket.
1. My sister is fond of ……………………… places. (CROWD)
2. The ……………………… have to cook rice in this contest. (PARTICIPATE)
3. This country has a big ……………………… which makes cars. (INDUSTRIAL)
4. My father likes ……………………… (SKI)
5. There were two ………… yesterday: fire-making and rice-cooking. (COMPLETE)
6. Some parents worry about their children’s ……………… to computer games. (ADDICT)
7. They believe that playing games for too long can be ……………… to their children’s health. (HARM)
8. A computer is very ……………………… (POWER)
9. We have three new ……………………… in our computer center. (TRAIN)
10. A well-………… person will have to have a good knowledge of computer science. (EDUCATE)
II. Fill each blank with a word to finish the pasage.
Living in the country is something that people from the city often dream about. However, in reality. It
has (1) ……………………… its advantages and diadvantages.
There are certain (2) ……………………… advantages to live in the country. First of all, you can enjoy
peace and quiet. Moreover, people tend to be friendlier and (3) ……………………… open. A further
advantage is that there is less traffic, so it is safer (4) ……………………… young children.
On the other hand, there are certain drawbacks to life (5) ……………………… the city. Firstly,
because there are fewer people, you are likely to (6) ……………………… fewer friends. In addition,
entertainment is (7) ……………………… to find, particularly in the evening. Futhermore, the fact (8)
……………………… there are fewer shops and services means that it is harder to (9) ………………………
work. As a result, you may have to travel a long way to (10) ………………………, which can be extremely
expensive.
III. Read the passage and choose the correct answer for each quetion.
If you are the type of people who loves to meet many different people from different cultures and social
status, then the city life is better for you. The city is where people from all different background and status
come to work and live because everything is so centralized in the city. The city’s population is so more
concentrated, so you also have a higher chance of meeting people. In the cuontry, the distance between other
people is harder, so it is less convenient to meet other people. Hence, if you want a busy social life, the city is
better.
If you have asthma or you are really sensitive to pollution, then the country lifestyle is best for you. In
the country there is much less pollution because there are less cars, traffic and industrial plants in the country.
There are also more trees, rivers and other natural scenery. If you want your kids to run around in opend safe
environments, then the country is also much better.
1. You should live in ther city if ………………………
A. you have asthma.
B. you have problems with breathing diseases.
C. you want to meet people from social status.
D. you want your children to run around in open environments.
2. The country life is better for you if ………………………
A. you love to meet people from different cultures.
B. you want a busy social life.
C. you would like to work for international companies.
D. you are really sensitive to pollution.
3. There is much less pollution in the country than in the city bacause ………………………
A. everything is so centralized in the city.
B. there are not as many cars in the country as in the city.
C. the distance between other people is harder.
D. there are much more trees in the city.
4. The word “plants” in the passage means ………………………
A. factories . B. trees C. Buildings D. Restaurants
5. Which of thr following statements is NOT true?

Page 105
 A. The population in the city is concentrated.
B. You have higher opportunities of meeting people in the city.
C. There is more traffic in the country than in the city.
D. The environment in the country in safer than in the city.
IV. Rewite the following sentences so that their meanings stay the same.
1. John used to go on bare foot when he was a little boy.
John often went ……………………………………..………………………………………………………..
……………
2. I walked to school in 20 minutes.
It took ………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………..……………
3. During dinner, the phone rang.
While I ……………………………………..………………….
……………………………………………………..……………
4. They aksed me some difficult questions at the interview.
I ……………………………………..………………….
……………………………………………………………………..……………
5. Nobody told me that George was ill.
I wasn’t ……………………………………..………………….
……………………………………………………..……………
6. How much will thay pay you?
How much will you ……………………………………..………………….
…………………………………………
7. I think they should have offered Tom the job.
I think Tom ……………………………………..………………….……………………………………………..
……………
8. I’ve never tasted such a good cake before.
This is the first time ………………………………..………………….
……………………………………………..…
9. I started learning English seven years ago.
I have ………………………………..………………….……………………………………………..
………………………………..
10. Tom is the best programmer in his company.
No one in Tom’s company is ………………………………..………………….…………………………………

Page 106
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 32
I. Choose A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

1. We are good friends. We_____________ each other for a long time.

A. know B. knew C. have know D. have been known

2. Have you_____________ gone skiing ?

A. ever B. for C. just D. already

3. After_____________ I was taken to the police station.

A. arrest B. arrested C. arresting D. being arrested

4. In the 18 th century jean cloth_____________ completely from cotton.

A. made B. has made C. was made D. was making

5. Ben writes very quickly. He’s_____________ finished his essay.

A. already B. been C. for D. yet

6. Wearing casual clothes makes students_____________ self- confident.

A. feel B. to feel C. felt D. feeling

7. I haven’t seen that coat before. How_____________ have you had it ?

A. much B. often C. long D. far

8. In the 1970s jeans became cheaper, _____________ many people began wearing jeans.

A. however B. but C. because D. so

II. Fill in each numbered gap with ONE word.

Clothes today are very different (1)_____________ the clothes of the 1800s. One difference is the way
they look. For (2)_____________, in the 1800s all women (3)_____________ dresses. The dresses all had long
skirts. But today women do (4)_____________ always wear dresses with long skirts. Sometimes they wear
(5)_____________ skirts. Sometimes they wear pants. Another difference (6)_____________ 1800s and today
is the cloth. In 1800s, clothes (7)_____________ made only from natural kinds of cloth. They were made from
cotton, wool, silk or linen. But today,(8)_____________ are many kinds of man-made cloth. A lot of clothes
are now made from nylon, rayon or polyester.

III. Turn into the opposite forms of active or passive.

1. The house was built over 100 years ago. → …………………………………………………………

2. People don’t use this road very often. → …………………………………………………………

3. We haven’t used this machine for ages. → …………………………………………………………

4. The new drug is being tested. → …………………………………………………………

Page 107
5. How do people learn languages? → …………………………………………………………

6. The factory will produce 10,000 cars next year. → …………………………………………………………

IV. Put a preposition into each gap.

1. We are always proud_____________ your success.

2. His breakfast consists_____________ bread and a cup of tea.

3. Shall we go for a picnic tomorrow? – It depends_____________ the weather.

4. The park was named_____________ a young hero, Le Van Tam.

5. In the 18th century jean clothe was made_____________ cotton.

6. Children’s shoes usually wear_____________ very quickly.

7. The price of oil has gone_____________ by over 30%.

8. Vietnamese women today often wear modern clothing_____________ work, because it’s more convenient.

Page 108
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 33
I. Choose A, B, C or D to indicate the different sound of the underlined part.(0,5p)
1. A. depend B. enjoy C. separate D. return
2. A. church B. industrial C. currency D. compulsorry
3. A. hamburger B. imagine C. activity D. pray
4. A. correspond B. comprise C. consist D. compulsorry
5. A. temple B. restaurant C. religion D. mention
II. Choose A, b, C, or D that needs correcting. (1p)
6. I wish there is a park near my house so that I could play soccer with my son there.
A B C D
7. Peter was enjoyed the peaceful atmosphere of Hoi An when he came there last summer.
A B C D
8. I wish I were be a millionaire.
A B C D
9. In 1999 I left university and started work as a teacher of English.
A B C D
10. English is wide spoken in Malaysia.
A B C D
III. Choose A, b, C, or D that best completes each of the sentences. (2p)
11. Malaysia is divided_____________ two regions.
A. to B. on C. in D. into
12. The USA has a_____________ of around 250 million.
A. population B. separation C. addition D. introduction
13. Mathematics and Literature are_____________ subjects in high schools.
A. adding B. compulsorry C. optional D. religious
14. It’s very kind_____________ you to say so.
A. in B. to c. of D. for
15. Vietnamese people are very_____________ and hospitable.
A. friend B. friendless C. friendly D. friendship
16. He doesn’t depend_____________ his parents.
A. in B. on C. at D. for
17. She has gone to China_____________ last week.
A. for B. in C. o D. since
18. I wish you_____________ harder for the examination.
A. work B. will work C. worked D. have worked
19. He doesn’t smoke now, but he used_____________ a lot two years ago.
A. smoke B. smoked C. smoking D. to smoke
20. Although we are far away from each other, we still_____________.
A. keep together B. keep in touch C. say hello D. keep on
IV. Read the passage and decide True/ False statement.(2p)
Chiang Mai is a city in Thailand that has a wonderful night market. In the evening, the main street is lined
with small stands and shops that sell almost anything you can imagine. Some stands sell jewelry or clothing,
others sell traditional Thai crafts, and still others sell fresh fruit and spices. It’s easy to spend an entire evening
just looking at everything. If you decide to buy something, you won’t be disappointed. The prices are very
reasonable. There are a lot of wonderful attractions in Chiang Mai, but the night market is a favorite for many
people.
21. … There is a wonderful market in Chiang Mai.
22….. You can see a lot of stands and shops in the main streets of Chiang Mai.
23. …. You can look at everything in Chiang Mai easily within a day.
24. …. The night market is one of the attractions in Chiang Mai.
V. Choose A, B, C, or D that best complete each of the gaps. (2p)
I was born (25)___________ Newcastle – a city in the Northeast of England. Newcastle is on the bank of the
River Tyne. It is quite big, with a population of about 200,000 people. There is a cathedral and a

Page 109
(26)___________ There are five bridges (27)___________ the River Tyne, which link Newcastle to the next
town Gates head, where there is one of the biggest (28)___________ centers in the world, the Metro center.
A few years ago, the main (29)___________ were ship-building and coal-mining, but now the chemical and
soap industries are more (30)___________.
I moved from Newcastle 10 years ago, but i often return. I miss the people who are so warm and
(31)___________, and I miss the wild, beautiful countryside near the city, where there are so many hills and
streams.
People who are born near the River Tyne have a special name. They are called “Geordies”. I am very
(32)___________ to be a “ Geordie” !
25. A. at B. to C. in D. on
26. A. house B. university C. room D. class
27. A. through B. to C. at D. over
28. A. parking B. shopping C. swimming D. dancing
29. A. industries B. industry C. industrial D. industrialize
30. A. important B. exciting C. necessary D. beautiful
31. A. friend B. friendly C. friendliness D. friends
32. A. please B. pleasure C. pleased D. pleasant
VI. Rewrite sentences. (2,5p)
33. It’s a pity that he can’t come to the party. I wish……………………………………….
34. Today is not Sunday. We wish……………………………………
35. They often went to Sam Son for their summer holidays. They used to …………………………….
36. I’m sorry. I can’t help you. I wish………………………………………
37. Somebody has cleaned the room. The room…………………………………

Page 110
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 34
I. Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others.

1. A. chicken B. couch C. orchestra D. change

2. A. add B. affect C. amount D. appointment

3. A. drought B. ought C. brought D. bought

4. A. unite B. migrant C. habit D. sink

5. A. lunar B. mark C. arrange D. sugar

6. A. tribe B. limestone C. victim D. giant

II. Circle the correct answer to complete the sentences.

1. She advised me____________ an apple every day to stay healthy.

A. eating B. to eat C.I should eat D. Please, eat

2. Sarah was driving too fast, so I____________ to slow down.

A. asked B. asked her C. ask D. have asked

3. When I was a small child, I____________ meat.

A. didn’t like B. don’t like C. won’t like D. haven’t like

4. ____________ we saw surprised us.

A. Which B. What C. That D. Thing

5. I remember____________ the letter a few days before on holiday.

A. to receive B. receive C. receiving D. receives

6. ____________ the time you reached the station, they were playing games.

A. On B. At C. In D. By

7. Do you____________ my turning the TV on now?

A. mind B. want C. object D. disapprove

8. The letter arrived____________ post.

A. by B. with C. through D. from

9. His mother wouldn’t____________ her ride a bicycle.

A. allow B. permit C. let D. accept

10. I wish you____________ stop correcting every word I say.

A. should B. will C. would D. could

Page 111
III. Supply the correct form of the verbs in the parentheses.

1. When Mr. Minh (look)____________ out, she (see) that the children (play)____________ the swings.

2. These skirts need (iron)____________.

3. I only (use)____________ this pen once since the day I had it (mend)____________.

4. Most people prefer (spend)____________ money to (earn)____________ it.

5. I (meet)____________ him twice this week but I (not / speak)____________ to him.

IV. Turn the following sentences into passive voice.

1. Nobody has used this room for ages. .............................................................................

2. People said that they bought this shop last year. .............................................................................

3. I had him repair my bicycle yesterday. .............................................................................

4. They saw her come in. .............................................................................

5. She hates people staring at her. .............................................................................

V. Rewrite each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly.

1. Shall we go to the cinema tonight? Let……………………………………………

2. “Can I borrow your computer, Joe?” asked Peter.  Peter asked if……………………………

3. She started working as a secretary five years ago.  She has……………………………………

4. She knows a lot more about it than I do.  I don’t know…………………………….

5. My English friend finds driving on the left difficult.  My English friend isn’t………

6. I had a cat once, but now I don’t have it any more.  I used ………………………………

7. The front yard isn’t too small to play soccer in.  The front yard isn’t …………………

8. The children couldn’t go swimming because the sea was very rough.

 The sea was too……………..………

9. “Don’t come back after ten o’clock”, said my mother.  My mother asked……………………

10. The mechanic serviced my car last week.  I had ………………………………………

VI. Fill in each blank with a suitable word.

Michael Jackson was (1)___________ in San Francisco, California, in 1876. He took a high place in
American literature at the (2)___________ of the twentieth (3)___________. At that time, the library shelves
and bookshops of America were already (4)___________ of book by famous (5)___________ but Michael’s
stories were new (6)___________ his heroes were not like the ones in the book of (7)___________ writers and
the (8)___________ he painted were not the same as their pictures.

Page 112
VII. Use given words and phrases to make meaningful sentences.

1. She/ tell/ not/ close/ window. .........................................................................................

2. Nga/ used/ swim/ this river/ but/ I/ not/ any more. ..........................................................................

3. This coffee/ too hot/ me/ drink. .........................................................................................

4. if/ I/ be/ you/ I/ not buy/ that/ bicycle. .........................................................................................

5. Michael/ want/ James/ lend/ money. ........................................................................................

6. How long/ she/ learn/ English/? .........................................................................................

7. Hoa/ the/ tall/ girl/ class. .........................................................................................

8. You / not / want / sell / house last year? ………………………………………………………………..

9. It / difficult / prevent / people / park here. ………………………………………………………………..

VIII. Read the passage below and choose the best answer for each question.

The Moon revolves once on its axis each time it orbits the Earth, thus always presenting the same face
to earth bound observers. However, even to the unaided eye this unchanging face shows two contrasting types
of landscape dark, plain- like areas of lower relief, and brighter, decidedly more rugged regions which cover
about two- thirds of the surface. Early astronomers mistakenly referred to the smooth dark areas as Maria (or
sea) giving the name terrace (or land) to the bright up land regions. The terms have persisted since, even
though the Moon’s surface has long been known to be completely waterless.

1. The Moon’s revolution is responsible for______________.

A. the way it orbits the sun B. the way its own axis is referred

C. the way earth bound people can observe it D. the way it is presented in history book

2. To us, the Moon’s surface______________.

A. never changes B. change as we move out position

C. always changes D. sometimes changes

3. On the Moon, there are______________.

A. many kinds of landscapes B. light and dark areas

C. very few contrasts D. only low plains to be observe

4. One mistake early astronomers made was______________.

A. to confuse the words Maria and terrace B. ignore the smooth dark area

C. to consider some areas to be seas D. to think that the upland regions were bright

5. It is probable that the paragraph after the passage discuss______________.

Page 113
A. the revolution of the Moon on its axis

B. the use of incorrect terminology in history

C. the different views of early astronomers

D. the upland regions- the terrace of the Moon

Page 114
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 35
I: Write the correct tense of the verbs in brackets.

1. I (not see)____________ him for ages. 2. What you (do)___________ when I

(phone)___________ you last night?

3. Look. The teacher (come)____________ here. 4. Lan is saving money. She (buy)____________ a new
bicycle.

II: Each sentence has a mistake, find and correct it.

1. Children don’t go to school on Sundays on the world.  …………………………………

2. My book is the same of yours.  …………………………………

3. He speaks English is like an English man.  …………………………………

4. They do their best to keeping the family happy.  …………………………………

5. There are many differently ways of learning words.  …………………………………

III: Fill in each blank with one suitable preposition.

1. My mother is always proud____________ me and my brother.

2. I was born____________ January 1st, 1965.

3. Do you want to watch the sky____________ sunset?

4. You don’t have to learn____________ heart this poem.

5. I don’t know what he’s doing____________ this moment.

IV: Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets.

1. Lynn is the most____________ girl in the country. BEAUTY

2. Ba is____________ from his father. DIFFER

3. It’s____________ to go swimming in the summer. INTEREST

4. Are you a____________ or are you living here? TOUR

V: Rewrite the following sentences that keep the same meaning.

1. The teacher said to the children: “Don’t make noise in class.”  The teacher told………………

2. Nam will solve the problem soon.  The problem…………………….

3. A big house was built last year.  They………………………………..

VI: Make sentences, using the words given.

1. what/ you/ do/ when/ storm/ occur?  …………………………………………………

Page 115
2. The singer/ have/ three albums/ so far.  …………………………………………………

3. I/ used to/ chase/ butterflies/ my sister.  …………………………………………………

VII: Fill in each space with a correct word to complete the text below.

Different language learners learn words in different ways. Some learners (1)____________ a list and put into it
the meanings of new words in their mother (2)____________, and try to learn them by (3)____________.
However, others do not. Instead, they write one or two (4)____________ sentences with each new word in
order to (5)____________ how to use the word in the right way.

VIII: Choose the best option to complete each sentence below.

1. It____________ in winter; now it____________.

A. rains/ doesn’t rain

B. rains/ isn’t raining

C. is raining/ isn’t

D. is raining/ doesn’t rain

2. He normally____________ quickly but today he____________ slowly.

A. is speaking/ isn’t speaking

B. speaks/ doesn’t speak

C. is speaking/ speaks

D. speaks/ is speaking

3. He not only sings____________ dances.

A. but also

B. and

C. as well

D. also

4. You should cool the burn____________.

A. immediate

B. immediately

C. immediating

Page 116
D. immediated

5. ____________ is easy.

A. recycle

B. recycling

C. to recycle

D. recycles

6. My friend doesn’t know the City very____________.

A. good

B. more

C. a lot

D. well

7. This is the first time I____________ his mother.

A. meet

B. am meeting

C. have met

D. met

8. The doctor____________ a red car lives near my house.

A. to drive

B. driving

C. drove

D. driven

9. It is____________ to find a modern hotel in this town.

A. difficult

B. difficulty

C. difficultly

D. more difficult

10. Would you mind if I____________ a photo?

A. take

B. took
Page 117
C. taking

D. to take

Page 118
 Keys – practice 35
I : ( 5 × 0,5 = 2,5) 1. haven’t seen ( have not seen ) 2. were you doing ; phoned

3. is coming 4. is buying ( is going to buy )

II : ( 5 × 0,5 = 2,5) 1. on the world ® in the world 2. of ® as

3. is like ® like 4. keeping ® keep 5. differently ® different

III : ( 5 × 0,5 = 2,5) 1. of 2. on 3. at 4. by 5. at

IV : ( 4 × 0,5 = 2) 1. beautiful 2. different 3. interesting 4. tourist

V : ( 3 × 0,5 = 1,5) 1. The teacher told the children not to make noise in class.

2. The problem will be solved by Nam soon.

3. They built a big house last year.

VI : ( 3 × 0,5 = 1,5) 1. What were you doing when the storm occurred?

2. The singer has had three albums so far.

3. I used to chase butterflies with my sister.

VII : ( 5 × 0,5 = 2,5) 1. make 2. tongue 3. heart 4. example 5. remember

VIII : ( 10 × 0,5 = 5) 1. B 3. A 5. B 7. C 9. A

2. D 4. B 6. D 8. B 10. B

Page 119
I. Choose the words that has the underline pronounced differently from the others. (1.5 pts)

1. A. though B. enough C. cough D. rough

2. A. chair B. cheap C. chorus D. child

3. A physics B. basic C. sailor D. subject

II. Choose one word that has a different stress position from the others. (1 pt)

4. A. advice B. beauty C. picture D. postcard

5. A. scissors B. object C. wardrobe D. transmit

III. Choose the best option to complete these following sentences. (17.5 pts)

6. Don’t worry about us. We can____________ ourselves.

A. look B. look for C. look after D. look at

7. Please answer the phone when it____________.

A. is ringing B. ringing C. rang D. rings

8. I can’t stand Jack. He____________ always____________ his dirty dishes on the table.

A. does/leave B. has/left C. is/leaving D. was/leaving

9. Don’t touch that chair. It____________.

A. was paintedB. is being painted C. is painted D. has just been painted

10. Why don’t you____________ your hat? It’s sunny today.

A. put on B. put out C. take off D. take on

11. I ‘m delighted____________ you passed your exam.

A. that B. to C. in order to D. so that

12. The flight____________ at 6.00 has been delayed.

A. leave B. leaves C. leaving D. left

13. Some of the products are at cheaper____________.

Page 120
A. prices B. costs C. prizes D. charges

14. If you want any further information please____________ the head- office.

A. relate B. contact C. connect D. combine

15. The bus service is free in the evenings and____________ the weekends.

A. in B. on C. at D. B and C are right

16. He tries to give up smoking but he couldn’t break the____________.

A. hobby B. habit C. pastime D. favor

17. His____________ towards me is very strange.

A. behave B. behavior C. behaved D. behaving

18. She____________ her old friend on the street yesterday morning.

A. came over B. came up with C. came across D. came on

19. He is fond of____________ by train so he can admire the sight along the railway.

A. travel B. travelling C. to travel D. travelled

20. I got____________ when I tried to find the platform.

A. lose B. lost C. loss D. loose

21. You should practice____________ English to talk to your foreign friends.

A. to speak B. speak C. spoke D. speaking

22. I tried my____________ not to laugh.

A. good B. well C. better D. best

23. It____________ the coldest day in Ha Noi for 40 years.

A. has B. was C. is D. has been

24. Tim’s teacher asked him to spend more time____________ Spanish pronunciation.

A. in B. of C. at D. on

25. How much is the car____________ in Japan?

A. makes B. making C. to make D. made

26. Thank you very much____________ the Christmas gift.

A. of B. with C. for D. about

27. ____________ she plays the piano!

A. How well B. How good C. What well D. What good

Page 121
28. These houses____________ 100 years ago.

A. are built B. built C. were built D. build

29. I prefer tea____________ coffee.

A. rather B. than C. more D. to

30. Can you help me____________ this exercise?

A. do B. doing C. did D. does

31. Everybody loves her because she is an____________ girl.

A. interesting B. interested C. interests D. anxious

32. The red bicycle is not as expensive____________ the blue one.

A. so B. like C. more D. as

33. Tom as well as his dog____________ here now.

A. is B. are C. was D. were

34. None of this money____________ right now.

A. belong to B. belongs to C. belonged to D. belonging to

35. He made me____________ it all over again.

A. do B. doing C. to do D. did

36. You don’t have to____________ anything. Just nod your head and he will understand.

A. to say B. saying C. said D. say

37. A: “Need I wait for you at the airport?” B:  Yes, you____________.

A. need B. must C. may D. can

38. Did you remember____________ him the money?

A. to give B. giving C. gave D. give

39. When you want to answer the teacher’s questions you should____________ your hand.

A. rise B. lift C. raise D. give

40. When you travel by public transport you must pay_____________.

A. fare B. fee C. salary D. tax

IV. Give the word formation of the one in CAPITAL. (10 pts)

41. Relax for some minutes and you’ll feel more_______________________________.

42. The child should be punished of his bad________________________________.

Page 122
43. Mr. Minh has made an_______________________ to see us at 3 o’clock.

44. Bell________________________________ demonstrated his invention.

45. _________________________________, dark clouds appeared and it began to rain.

46. Every day, there are two______________ from Da Nang to Ho Chi Minh city.

47. Each of my friends has a______________________ character.

48. My uncle often spends his free time doing volunteer work at a local____________________.

49. By recycling we can save_____________________ resources.

50. Our teacher always_____________________ us to work hard.

COMFORT

BEHAVE

ARRANGE

SUCCESS

FORTUNATE

FLY

DIFFER

ORPHAN

NATURE

COURAGE

V. Give the correct form or tense of verbs. (10 pts)

A. He spends most of his free time (51. lie)____________ on the couch and (52. watch)____________ TV.

B. I can’t help (53. laugh)____________ when I see that clown.

C. I’ll remember (54. send)____________ you a postcard when I reach London

D. My uncle (55. not/ be)____________ out of his house since he (56. buy)____________ a color TV.

E. Tell him (57. bring)____________ his bike inside.

F. Please stop (58. talk)____________.

G. How long you (59. know)____________ Mrs. Chi?

H. Would you mind if I (60. take)____________ you a cup of coffee?

VI. Find the mistakes in the following sentence and correct them.
Page 123
61. Let’s gathering somewhere for a coffee after this wonderful meeting.

A B C D

62. I look forward to hear from my mother in Singapore.

A B C D

63. They turn in the radio to listen to some news.

A B C D

64. I will come and stay with you and your family on March.

A B C D

65. People said we ought to spend at least a little weeks at the seaside a year.

A B C D

66. My dear friends, I wish you will visit us someday this summer.

A B C D

67. Let’s practise listening to English programs in the radio.

A B C D

68. There is many information in the seven o’clock news.

A B C D

69. They denied to steal the money in the bank last week.

A B C D

70. Unfortunate, we caught the last bus and we returned home late at night.

A B C D

VII. Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word. (15 pts)

The country is (71)____________ beautiful than a town and more pleasant to live in. Many people
think so, and go to the country (72)____________ their summer holiday though they can’t live
(73)____________ all the year round. Some have houses were built in the village near their city
(74)____________ that they can go there whenever (75)____________ find the time.

English villages are not alike, but (76)____________ some ways they are not very different from
(77)____________ other. Almost every village (78)____________ a church, the round or square tower of
which can (79)____________ seen from many miles around. Surrounding the church is the church
(80)____________ where people are buried.

VIII. Read the passage and choose the best answer in the blanket: (10 pts)

Page 124
For many people, traveling by plane is an exciting experience. Others, however, find the whole idea quite
terrifying, (81)____________ flying is no more dangerous (82)____________ any other form of travel and
some experts say it is considerably safer. It is known, however, that most accident occurs (83)____________
taking off and landing when a (84)____________ decisions are vitally important.

The people (85)____________ job it is to look (86)____________ the passengers, the stewards and
stewardesses play an important part in helping passengers to (87)____________ safe and comfortable. Indeed
for many passengers being (88)____________ such care of is all part of the total experience.
(89)____________ other form of travel involves waiting for people in quite the same (90)____________ ,
with food, drink, newspapers, magazine, music, and even video films.

81.

A. although

B. too

C. and

D. because

82.

A. than

B. as

C. then

D. with

83.

A. while

B. during

C. for

D. through

84.

A. leader’s

B. chief’s

C. driver’s

D. pilot’s

85.

A. whose

Page 125
B. which

C. their

D. that

86.

A. for

B. up

C. after

D. round

87.

A. feel

B. rest

C. experience

D. lie

88.

A. given

B. kept

C. shown

D. taken

89.

A. Any

B. No

C. All

D. Not

90.

A. way

B. kind

C. sort

D. part

IX. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first:
Page 126
91. The last time we saw him was in 1998.  We haven’t……………………………………………………………

92. She said, “I’m living in Hai Duong now”.  She said………………..………..………………………….……………

93. Both of the chairs are uncomfortable.  Neither of…..…………………………………………………………

94. Peter spent three hours on repairing his computer.  It…………………………………………………………………..……………

95. He doesn’t lets anyone smoke in his house.  He hardly allowed………………………………..…………

96. He is the most intelligent girl in her family.  No one …………………………………………………..………………

97. She would rather play golf than play tennis.  She prefers………………………………………….………………

98. He made his children study hard late at night.  He forced…………………………………………….………………..

99. You can’t take this book away.  This book…………………………………………..…………………

100. Your younger brother is too weak to lift that box.  Your brother is not……………………..………………….

Page 127
 Keys – practice 36
I/. Choose the words that has the underline pronounced differently from the others.

(1.5 pts)

1. A 2. C 3. A

II/. Choose one word that has a different stress position from the others.( 1 pt)

4. A 5. D

III/. Choose the best option to complete these following sentences.( 17.5 pts)

6. C 7. D 8. C 9. D 10. A

11. A 12. B 13. A 14.B 15. D

16. B 17. B 18. C 19. B 20. B

21. D 22. D 23. D 24. D 25. D

26. C 27. A 28. C 29. D 30. A

31. A 32. D 33. A 34. B 35. A

36. D 37. B 38. B 39. C 40. A

IV/. Give the word formation of the one in CAPITAL. (10 pts)

41. comfortable 42. behavior 43. arrangement 44. successfully 45. unfortunately

46. flights 47. different 48. orphanage 49. natural 50. encourage

V/. Give the correct form or tense of verbs (10 pts )

51. lying 52 watching 53. laughing 54. to send 55. hasn’t been

56. bought 57. to bright 58. talking 59. have you known 60 took

VI. Find the mistakes in the following sentence and correct them

61. B. gathering  gather 62. B. hear  hearing

63. A. turn in  turn on 64. D. on March  in March

65. C. little  few 66. C. will  would

67. D. in the radio.  on the radio 68. A. many  much-

69. B. to steal  stealing 70. A. Unfortunate, unfortunately

VII/. Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word. (15 pts)

71. more 72. for 73. there 74. so 75. they

76. in 77. each 78. has 79. be 80. yard

Page 128
VIII. Read the passage and choose the best answer in the blanket: (10 pts)

81.A 82.A 83.A 84.D 85.A

86.C 87.A 88.D 89.B 90.A

IX. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first:

91. We haven’t seen him since 1998

92. She said (that) she was living in Hai Duong then

93. Neither of the chairs is comfortable

94. It took Peter three hours to repair his computer

95. He hardly allowed anyone to smoke in his house

96. No one in her family is as intelligent as her/ she is

//No one in his family is as intelligent as she is/ her

97. She prefers to play golf rather than play tennis/ She prefers playing golf to (playing) tennis

98. He forced his children to study hard late at night.

99. This book can’t be taken away

100. Your brother is not strong enough to lift that box

Page 129
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 37
I. LANGUAGE FOCUS AND READING (10 pts)

I. Choose the word or phrase which best completes each of the following sentences. Write your answers in
the table below. There is an example for you (Number 0) (1,0 pt).

0. He is______________ good teacher.

A. a B. the C.an D.one

1. Bao is the most______________ He spends his free time doing volunteer work at the local hospital.

A. reserved B. sociable C. different D. humorous

2. Mr. Nam called about his stationery order. He said Mrs. Van could______________ him at 8 634 082.

A. talk B. speak C. reach D. tell

3. Nam______________ here for a week

A. is B. was C. be D. has been

4. Your mother is beautiful. She has______________.

A. long straight black hair B. straight long black hair

C. black long straight hair D. hair long straight black

5. They are offering a 10%______________ on all computers this month.

A. reward B. discount C. reduce D. cut

II. Read the text below and think of the word which best fits space .Use only one word in each space. The
first one has been done for you. Write your answers in the table below. (2,0 pts)

I (0)_____________ several good friends but I suppose that my best (1)_____________ is Ellen. We
have been friends with each other (2)_____________ we were very young because she used to live next door
to me. We were in the (3)_____________ class at school. She has always been much cleverer than me at all
subjects. I don’t mind (4)_____________ she often help me with my homework! Anyway, I have always been
better at sport than she is. I beat her at tennis and she didn’t like that. In fact, she hates (5)_____________ at
anything and gets very annoyed if she does. That is the only thing that I don’t like about her. Otherwise, she
Page 130
has a great sense of (6)_____________ and she always makes me laugh. We get on very well
(7)_____________ although we have arguments about silly little things sometimes. Ellen and her family
moved to another district last year but I (8)_____________ see her a lot. We’re planning to go on a
(9)_____________ around Europe next summer. I’m really looking forward to it because I think we’ll
(10)_____________ a lot of fun and see exciting places.

III. There are 11 mistakes in the following paragraph. Underline the mistake then correct it. Write your
answer in the table below (2,0 pts).

Do you have (0) some close friends? I think everybody has at least one close friend in his life. And so
do I. I has two close friends: Linh and Chi. We are in the same class at the primary factory and the secondary
school. We are also neighbor so we spend most of their time studying and playing together. Chi is a beauty girl
with big black eyes and an oval rosy face. She is an intelligent student and always studies the better in my
class. She also likes read. Linh isn’t as beautiful as Chi and she has a lovely smile and looks very healthy. Linh
is very sporty. She spends most of her free time playing sports. Linh is a volleyball star on our school team.
She is very sociable and has a good sense of humorous. Her jokes always make us laugh. I love both of my
friends and I always hope our friendly will never die.

IV. Read the following passage carefully then say whether the statements are true (T), false (F) or no
information (N)-Tick (√) the correct column (1,0 pt)

Last week I went with my elder brother to visit our National Library. We came there early in the
morning and the library was crowded with school children. It was a Saturday morning. Before our country
became free, it was known as “Raffles Library”. It is said to be one of the modern libraries in Asia.

The library is situated in Stamford Road beside our National Museum. There are hundred thousands of
books in the library including valuable reference books, for university students. Almost all secondary school
students are members of the library and they are allowed to borrow four books at a time.

STATEMENTS

(T)

(F)

(N)

0. It was in the summer

1. They went to the library last month

Page 131
2. There were a lot of school children in the library

3. They came there on Sunday

4. That library used to have another name

5. It is the most well-known library in the world.

6. It is in front of the Nation Museum

7. There are few books in the library

8. Most of the members of the library are secondary school students

Page 132
9. They can borrow four books in a school-year.

10. They will come there tomorrow

V. Complete the following passage, using the word given in the box below. There are more words than
blanks (2,0 pts)

in are work no days get planted take soon didn’t as to

build schools over lived responsibility

Everyone is interested (0)...in...education all (1)_____________ the world in big countries and in small
ones, in cities as well as in villages. People (2)_____________ building better (3)_____________.

In one little village in the Philippines there was (4)_____________ school at all. A typhoon blew down
the old school and many of the homes and a new school. When the storm was over, everyone set to work
(5)_____________ homes and new schools. They cut bamboo poles to make the walls of the school and used
palm leaves for the roof. To separate the rooms, they built screens of grass and palm leaves fastened to bamboo
frames. On hot (6)_____________, they pushed all the screens back to let in as much air (7)_____________
possible. Even the children helped. They made paths of stone and sand, and (8)_____________ flowers along
the edges.

(9)_____________, they finished a fine new village school. It didn’t (10)_____________ any money to
build this fine school, but it took a lot of hard work. No wonder, everyone was proud of it. And all were
proving that everyone was interested in education.

VI. Complete the following passage, using the correct form of the verb given in the box below. (2,0 pts)

spend feel catch have make be visit get walk take enjoy

Last week, my friend and I (0)....spent.... a weekend in the countryside. We (1)_____________ my

uncle’s farm. I had been to the farm several times before, but this was the first time for my friend. Naturally, it
(2)_____________ a great event for him. Finally, the days came. It was a fine morning. We (3)_____________
up very early because we wanted to leave home after breakfast. We (4)_____________ the journey by bus. We
reached my uncle’s farm at noon. After lunch we spent many hours (5)_____________ round the village to see
the sights and working through the wood to look for bird’s nests.

Page 133
 In the next morning, we (6)_____________ a big breakfast with plenty of farm products. After
breakfast, my uncle (7)_____________ us to a small lake not far from home. There we fished and had a nice
lunch with the fish we (8)_____________

The weekend was short; however, we (9)_____________ it very much. The country air was fresh and
pure. We (10)_____________ healthy and strong when we came back to the city for our school work.

II. WRITING: (8,0 pts)

I. complete the following sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets (2.0 pts)

1. British people (drink)_____________ more and more wine, apparently

2. Lisa (not go)_____________ to work yesterday. She wasn’t feeling well.

3. That bag looks heavy. I (help)_____________ you with it.

4. We (not see)_____________ Tom since we left school.

5. Ask him (come)_____________ in. Don’t keep him (stand)_____________ at the door

6. We (have)_____________ a party next Sunday. Would you like (come)_____________?

7. _____________ you (be)_____________ away? Yes I (go)_____________ to the country last Sunday

8. If you arrive after 4pm, the bank (be)_____________ closed.

9. Hoa (study)_____________ English since 2007

10. Bao suggested (meet)_____________ at the cafe corner.

II. Rewrite the sentences without changing the meaning, beginning with the word(s) provided. The (0) is an
example for you. (2,5 pts)

0. He is taller than her

She……………….………as……………She is not as tall as him.

1. Ba isn’t old enough to ride his bike to school.

-->Ba is..............................................................................................................................

2. Where does she live?

-->What.......................................................................................................................?

3. Can you help me, please?

-->Could you...............................................................................................................?

4. “Can you turn down the radio?” Miss Jackson said to Mary.

Page 134
-->Miss Jackson asked......................................................................................................

5. Their mother said to them, “Don’t make so much noise”

-->Their mother asked.......................................................................................................

6. A bike is cheaper than a motorbike.

-->A motorbike ................................................................................................................

7. No one helped Ba draw that picture.

-->Ba drew........................................................................................................................

8. We have been here since last week.

-->We came.......................................................................................................................

9. It’s one year since I last saw him

-->I haven’t........................................................................................................................

10. Hoa went to school late this morning because of watching TV late last night.

-->.............................................................because ...........................................................

III. Put the words in their correct order to make complete sentences. Beginning with the underline words.
There is an example for you (Number 0) (1,25 pts)

0. teacher/ He / a / is.

He is a teacher.

1. community meeting/ They/ organized/ the situation/ discuss/ have/ in order to/ the situation.

...........................................................................................................................................

2. he/ loves/ but/ Ba/ like/ playing/ doesn’t/ glasses/ video games/ gathering.

...........................................................................................................................................

3. close friends/ the same/ Do/ characters/ and/ have/ you/ or/ different/ your?

........................................................................................................................................?

4. cook/ you’ll/ yourself/ I’m/ have/ but/ dinner/ to/ sorry.

...........................................................................................................................................

5. example sentences/ the words/ They/ remember/ one or two/ the right way/ each new word/ write/ how to
use/ with/ in order to/ in.

...........................................................................................................................................

Page 135
Page 136
PART 1: GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY (7.0 points)

I. Chọn một từ có phần gạch chân phát âm khác so với những từ còn lại. (1 đ )

1. A. says B. plays C. stays D. days

2. A. comedy B. doll C. crocodile D. front

3. A. pleasant B. seaside C. scissors D. visit

4. A. closed B. erased C. increased D. pleased

5. A. Christmas B. school C. chemistry D. machine

6. A. few B. new C. sew D. nephew

7. A. closed B. practised C. asked D. stopped

8. A. gift B. my C. arrive D. tired

9. A. tables B. noses C. boxes D. changes

10. A. son B. sugar C. soup D. sing

II. Chọn một đáp án đúng nhất ( A, B, C hoặc D) để hoàn thành mỗi câu sau: ( 2đ )

1. What do students often do______________________ recess?

A.

in

B.

on

C.

at

D.

of

2. My brother never goes to school late and______________________.

A.

so does Lan .

Page 137
Lan doesn’t, either

C.

Lan don’t, either.

D.

neither doesn’t Lan

3. It’s very important______________________ your hand before meals.

A.

wash

B.

to wash

C.

washing

D.

washed

4. We should keep our teeth______________________.

A.

be clean

B.

to be clean

C.

clean

D.

cleanly

5. She works______________________ a hospital. She takes care______________________ sick people

A.

in/ at

B.

at / for
Page 138
C.

of / at

D.

in / of

6. Remember______________________ home by ten o’clock.

A.

to get back

B.

getting back

C.

to getting at

D.

for getting

7. You are too fat. You should eat more______________________.

A.

vegetables

B.

milk

C.

fish

D.

meat

8. He broke the vase because he was______________________.

A.

careful

B.

carefully

C.

carelessly
Page 139
D.

careless

9. Would you like milk in your coffee? – Yes______________________, please

A.

a few

B.

a little

C.

little

D.

few

10. I don’t like this book because it is very______________________.

A.

bored

B.

interesting

C.

boring

D.

interested

11. This film is______________________ than the one we saw last week.

A. as good B. gooder C. more good D. better

12. She is______________________ a singer nor an actress.

A. nor B. both C. neither D. either

13. You can’t speak Russian______________________.

A. Either can I B. Neither can I C. Neither can’t I D.I can’t neither

14. I know that he______________________ in the library at this moment.

A. works B worked C. is working D. was working

15. His choice of words______________________ very good.

Page 140
A. is B. are C. be D. being

16. "Let's go dancing______________________?" "Yes, let's"

A. will we B. don’t we C. do we D. shall we

17. She made______________________ mistakes on her last examination.

A. a little B. few C. little D. none

18. "______________________ did he go out?" "A few minutes ago".

A. how long B. when C. how much time D. how many times

19. His father is a very good friend of ______________________.

A. them B. their C. theirs D. themselves

20. The children are playing______________________ in the schoolyard.

A. happy B. happily C. happier D. happiness

III. Khoanh tròn một đáp án sai trong số A, B, C hoặc D rồi chữa lại cho đúng: (1 pts)

1. Nam doesn’t like badminton but she doesn’t, either. ______________________

A B C D

2. She doesn’t get used to drive on the left ______________________

A B C D

3. We have a two-months vacation every year ______________________

A B C D

4. He decided to give each children a present. ______________________

A B C D

5. Two kilometers are not a long distance for him to walk. ______________________

A B C D

6. He was ill, so he was absent to school yesterday. ______________________

A B C D

7. Why you call me so late last night? ______________________

A B C D

8. This is the more interesting book in my bookshop . ______________________

A B C D
Page 141
9. Tom had to do his homeworks again because he made so many mistakes . ______________________

A B C D

10 I need to weight you. Would you get on the scales, please? ______________________

A B C D

IV. Điền dạng đúng của từ in hoa vào chỗ trống để hoàn thành mỗi câu sau: (1 pts)

1. Nobody likes him because his hair is always______________________ and dirty. TIDY

2. In Vietnam, one of the most popular______________________ at recess is talking. ACT

3. She is a very______________________ singer. People don’t like her at all.

POPULAR

4. This knife is______________________ - It can’t cut anything. USE

5. Our students are going to have a______________________ check-up next Monday.

MEDICINE

6. In the countryside, people often know all the people in their______________________.

NEIGHBOR

7. You must be careful when playing video games because they can be______________________.
ADDICT

8. I’d like a nice______________________ orange

JUICE

9. Edison’s most famous______________________ was the electronic bulb.

INVENT

10. This dictionary is very______________________ for you to learn English USE

V. Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc để hoàn thành mỗi câu sau: (2 pts)

1. He prefers listening to music (watch)______________________ television.

2. He (live)______________________ in London for two years and then moved to Liverpool in 2010.

3. She gets fat because she always tastes things while she (cook)______________________.

4. Bill decided (buy)______________________ rather than a used one.

5. George is interested in (take)______________________ an art class.

6. Listen to those people! What language______________________ they (speak)______________________ ?

7. When I was small, I often (go)______________________ on bare foot .

Page 142
8. Oh! This bag is very heavy . I can’t carry it. – Don’t worry, I (help)______________________ you with it.

9. What would you like (eat)______________________, Ba? – I like eating fish.

10. They bought a lot of food. They (have)______________________ a party tomorrow.

PART 2: READING (5.0 points)

I. Đọc đoạn văn sau rồi điền một từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống ( 1,5 đ ).

Your head aches and you sneeze and (1)______________. Your nose is all stuffed up, and it keeps running ,so
you have to blow it every few minutes . You know by these symtoms that you have a (2)______________ You
feel very unpleasant. You are not sure if you will live through the day.

Everyone may catch the (3)______________ cold at sometimes or other. It isn’t (4)______________ serious
illness, but people spend a billion dollars on different kinds of cold medicine every(5)______________. This
medicine can releave the (6)______________. It can make you cough (7)______________, make your head
less intense, and stop your nose running for a while. However, it can’t (8)______________ your cold. So far
there (9)______________ no cure for the common cold. There is no medicine (10)______________ cure it .

II. Đọc đoạn văn sau rồi điền một từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống ( 1,5 pts).

The battle of Dien Bien Phu (0) ended the Indochina War. Today Dien Bien Phu is
(1)_____________________ tourist destination. Many visitors are battle veterans or members
(2)_____________________ their families. As (3)_____________________ as visiting the battle site , tourists
can enjoy the beautiful scenery of the Muong Thanh (4)_____________________, visit the neighboring
villages, and share the hospitality of the (5)_____________________ people.

Most of the people who live in the area (6)_____________________ members of Thai or H’Mong ethnic
minorities. (7)_____________________, they do not depend on tourism (8)_____________________ to live.
As Dien Bien Phu is only 30 kilometers from the Lao’s border, (9)_____________________ is an important
trading center. Food leaves here for Laos and Thailand and goods arrive (10)_____________________ the
northern provinces of Viet Nam.

II. Đọc đoạn văn , chọn đáp án đúng để hoàn thành câu (1 pts)

Every year students in many countries learn English. Some of them are young children. Others are teenagers.
Many are adults. Some learn at school, others study by themselves. A few learn the language just by hearing
the language in films, on television, in office, or among their friends. But not many are lucky enough to do
that. Most people must work hard to learn the language.

Learning other language! Learning English! Why do all these people learn English? It isn’t difficult to answer
this question. Many boys and girls learn English at school because it is one of their subjects. They study their
own language, and Math…and English. (In England, or in America or Australia, many boys and girls study
their own language, which is English, and Math…and other language, perhaps French, or German, or Spanish)

Page 143
Many adults learn English because it is useful for their work. Teenagers often learn English for their higher
studies, because some of their books are in English at college or university. Other people learn English because
they want to read newspapers or magazines in English.

1. According to the writer, ______________.

A. English is popular in much of the world B. no children like learning English

C. English is only useful to teenagers D. only adults learn English

2. Many people learn English by______________.

A. watching videos only B. Hearing the language in the office

C. talking with the film stars D. working hard on their lesson

3. Many boys and girls learn English because______________.

A. English can give them a job B English is one of their subjects

C. their parents make them D. they have to study their own language

4. In America or Australia, many schoolchildren study______________.

A. English as a foreign language B. English and Math only

C. such foreign languages as French, German and Spanish D. no foreign language

5. Many adults learn English because______________.

A. their work is useful B they want to go abroad

C. most of their books are in English D. it helps them in their work

III. Đọc đoạn văn rồi chọn 1 đáp án đúng nhất (1 pts)

One (0)____________________ the first novels in the history of literature (1)____________________

written in England in 1719. It was Robinson Crusoe by Daniel Defoe. Daniel Defoe was born
(2)____________________ London in the family of a rich man. When Daniel was a schoolboy, he began to
write stories. After (3)_____________________ school he worked in his father’s shop and
(4)____________________ articles for newspapers. Defoe visited many countries and met many people. That
helped him (5)____________________ in his writings.

In 1719, when Defoe was sixty years old, he wrote the novel Robinson Crusoe which
(6)____________________ him famous. Defoe used in his book a true story about a sailor who
(7)____________________ on an island for four years. Robinson Crusoe in Defoe’s novel lived on an island
for twenty- eight years. People liked (8)____________________ novel in England and in many other
countries, Daniel Defoe wrote other books (9)____________________ his novel Robinson Crusoe is the most
famous. Defoe was not a rich man (10)____________________ he died in 1731.

0. A. to B. of C. with D. on

Page 144
1. A. have B. has C. were D. was

2. A. at B. in C. from D. on

3. A. going B. coming C. leaving D. staying

4. A. bought B. read C. sold D. wrote

5. A. many B. much C. plenty D. few

6. A. did B. let C. brought D. made

7. A. visited B. came C. went D. lived

8. A. a B. an C. the D. Ø

9. A. and B. but C. so D. however

10. A. when B. where C. because D. so

PART 3: WRITING: (5.0 points)

I. Hãy dùng từ gợi ý, viết lại các câu sau sao cho nghĩa của câu không thay đổi (1 pts)

1. He couldn’t finish the work in time because of his tiredness

→ Because he………………………………………… …………………………………

2. He spends thirty minutes going to school by bike every day.

→ It takes …………………………………………………………………………..……….

3. Our summer vacation often lasts two months

→ We often …………………………………………………………………………….…

4. We didn’t go camping because of the bad weather.

→ The bad weather prevented. …………………………………………………………

5. Do you have a better computer than this?.

→ Is this ……………………………………………………………………….……….….…?

6. Listening to music is much more interesting than going to the circus.

→ I prefer ………………………………………………………………………………..…

7. You shouldn’t eat too many candies.

→ You had ………………………………………………………………………………..…

8. He is a slower and more careful driver than Lan.

→ He drives …………………………………………………………………………………
Page 145
9. The visitor spoke too quickly that I couldn’t understand what he said.

→ The visitor spoke too……………………………….………………………………….…..

10. How heavy is the chicken?

→ What ......................................................................................................................................?

II. Dùng từ gợi ý trong ngoặc để viết lại câu sao cho nghĩa không đổi. Không được biến đổi hình thức của
từ đã cho. (1pts)

1. It isn’t necessary for you to finish the work today. (have)

→ You don’t ……………………………………………………………………………….

2. Why were you absent from school yesterday? (go)

→ Why ……………………………………………………………………………………

3. Hoa is a better swimmer than Lan. (well)

→ Lan doesn’t …………………………………………………………………………….

4. Where can I find the station? (how)

→ Could you tell………………………………………………………………………….?

5. Nam found driving on the left difficult. (used)

→ Nam ……………………………………………………………………………………..

III. Dựa vào gợi ý dưới đây, em hãy hoàn thành (1 đ)

1. Last night / I/ eat / lot/ because / food / delicious.

→ ………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. Morning exercises / and/ balanced diet / enough/ healthy lifestyle.

→ ………………………………………………………………………………………..

3. She / learn / read / write / at / age / four.

→ ………………………………………………………………………………………..

4. You / should/ eat /variety / food/ without /eat/ too much / anything.

→ ………………………………………………………………………………………..

5. Sixteen / Marie Curie / leave / school / and / go / France / study.

→ ………………………………………………………………………………………..

Page 146
III.Viết một đoạn văn khoảng là 120 từ bằng Tiếng Anh miêu tả một ngôi nhà hoặc một căn hộ mà em yêu
thích. Em có thể tham khảo những gợi ý dưới đây. (2pts)

1. Is it an apartment or a house?Why you like it?

2. Where it is?

3. How large it is? Describe around it.

4. How many rooms there are? Describe each room.

5. What is your favorite room? Why?

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………

Page 147
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 39
I. Choose the words that has the underline pronounced differently. (5 pts)

1. A. hurry B. hurt C. turn D. excursion

2. A. pub B. lamb C. limb D. climb

3. A. fool B. boot C. blood D. noodle

4. A. glass B. class C. grass D. mass

5. A. things B. airports C. suitcases D. calculators

II. Choose the word in the parentheses to complete the following sentences. (10 pts)

6. A prisoner_____________ this morning. (is hanged/ is hung/ was hanged/ was hung )

7. Scientists are doing their research work in the_____________. (museum/office /library /laboratory)

8. The Browns have moved into a huge_____________. (two-storey house/ house of two storey/ two-storeys
house/ house two storey)

9. In pain as a result of the fall, he_____________ slowly home. (stepped/ wound/ limped/ sped)

10. I think he’s unwell, he was complaining_____________ a headache this morning. (at/ of/ from/ against)

11. Each of the girls_____________ many books. (has/ have/ having/ to have )

12. I love this painting of an old man. He has such a beautiful_____________ smile. (childhood/ childish/
childless/ childlike)

13. I never wear yellow because It doesn’t_____________ me. (match/ fit/ like/ suit)

14. Always_____________ honest in whatever you do. (to be/ be/ being/ are )

15. If we use her house, we must pay the_____________. (fee/ fare/ rent/ tip )

III. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct tenses or forms. (10 pts)

a. We are used to (16. drive)_____________ on the left in England.

b. My family (17. be)_____________ to Ho Chi Minh city for several times.

c. By the time you got to the party, they (18. prepare)_____________ everything.

d. I hope she (19. be)_____________ pretty when she (20. grow)_____________ up

e. I wonder what (21. happen)_____________ there since we (22. leave)_____________ .

f. George (23. go)_____________ on holiday every two years.

g. When Queen Victoria (24. die)_____________ in 1901, she (25. reign)_____________ for over 60 years.

Page 148
IV. Give the correct form of the words in brackets to complete the sentences. (10 pts)

a. A successful business needs good (26. organize)______________.

b. There have been many (27. wonder)___________ developments in the field of (28.
communicate)___________.

c. No one can measure the (29. deep)_____________ of this river.

d. After the explosion, only two people were left (30. live)_____________.

e. The meeting finishes without a single (31. agree)_____________.

f. She always orders other people to do things. She is (32. boss)_____________ so I (33. like)_____________
her.

g. Since they lived (34. happy)_____________ they decided to put an end to their (35.
marry)_____________.

V. Fill in each number space with an appropriate word. (10 pts)

Television is one of man’s most important (36)_____________ of communication. It brings

(37)_____________, sounds from around the world (38)_____________ millions of homes. A person with a
TV set can sit in (39)_____________ house and watch the president (40)_____________ a speech or visit a
foreign country. He can see a war being fought and watch statesmen try to bring about peace.
(41)_____________ television, home viewers can see and learn about people, places and things in faraway
lands. TV even takes its viewers (42)_____________ of this world. It brings them coverage of America’s
astronauts as astronauts explore outer (43)_____________. In addition to all these things, TV brings its
viewers a steady stream of programs (44)_____________ are designed to entertain. In fact, TV provides many
(45)_____________ entertainment programs than any other kinds.

VI. Read the passage and choose the best answers to the questions below. (10 pts)

After inventing dynamite, Swedish-born Alfred Nobel became a very rich man. Nobel preferred not to
be remembered as the inventor of dynamite, so in 1895, just 2 weeks before his death, he created a fund to be
used for awarding prizes to people who had made world while contributions to mankind. Originally there were
five awards: literature, physics, chemistry, medicine and peace. Economics was awarded in 1968, just sixty
seven years after the first award ceremony.

Nobel’s original legacy of nine million dollars was invested and the interest in this sum is used for
awards which vary from $30,000 to $125,000.

Every year on Dec 10th, the anniversary of Nobel’s death, the awards are presented to the winners. No
awards were presented from 1940 to 1942 at the beginning of the World War II. Some people have won two
prizes but this is rare. Others have shared their prizes.

46. When did the first award ceremony take place?

A.1895 B.1901 C.1962 D.1968

Page 149
47. In how many fields are prizes presented?

A.2 B.5 C.6 D.10

48. Why was the Nobel prize established?

A. to recognize world while contributions to humanity. C. to spend money.

B. to honor the inventor of dynamite. D. to prevent wars.

49. Which of the following is Not true?

A. Awards vary in monetary value.

B. Ceremonies are held on Dec 10th to commemorate Nobel’s invention.

C. No awards were given when the World War II began.

D. A few individuals have won two awards.

50. The word “legacy” can be replaced by____________?

A. invested sum B. legal ground C. interest rate D. prize worth

VII. Complete the passage with the suitable words from the box. (10 pts)

services neighbors friends polluted advantages isolated hurry

which means environment

The country and the city have (51)____________ and disadvantages. People in the country live in more
beautiful (52)____________. They enjoy peace and quiet, and can do their work at their own pace because no
one is in a (53)____________. They live in larger, more comfortable houses, and their (54)____________ are
more friendly, and ready to help them when they need it. Their life can be monotonous and they can be
(55)____________, a long way from the nearest town, (56)____________ is a serious problem if they are ill or
have to take children to school.

The city has all the (57)____________ the country lacks, but it also has a lot of disadvantages. Cities are
often ugly and (58)____________; they not only have bad air but are also noisy. Everyone is always in a haste
and this (59)____________ that people have no time to get to know each other and make (60)____________.

VIII. Fill in the blanks with the suitable prepositions. (5 pts)

61. Contact an organization Friends of the Earth____________ information.

62. You‘d better put pressure____________ the wound.

63. How can we make contact____________ you?

64. The ambulance will be there____________ about 10 minutes.

Page 150
65. Ngo Si Lien Lane is____________ Quang Trung Street and Tran Hung Dao Street.

IX. Rewrite the sentences in such a way that its meaning remains unchanged. (10 pts)

66. My father used to play football when he was young. → My father doesn’t____________

67. What a shame you didn’t tell me earlier. → If

only________________________________________

68. That’s an insulting name to use for him. → Don’t

call________________________________

69. She liked Paris very little and Rome less. → She thought Rome____________

70. I took little notice of the man standing at the gate. → I didn’t
pay______________________________

71. No, please don’t tell him. → I’d rather

________________________________

72. ”We should try that new place for dinner” said Bill. → Bill
suggested______________________

73. The worker only call off the strike after a new pay offer. → Only
after________________________________

74. I can meet you if you arrive before eleven. →

So___________________________________________________

75. I don’t really like her, even though I admire her achievement. →
Much__________________________________________

ENGLISH PRACTICE 40
I. Find the word the underlined part is pronounced differently. (5 pts)

1. A. light B. like C. lit D. lifebuoy

2. A. stay B. chance C. occasion D. amaze

3. A. power B. tore C. more D. saw

4. A. brother B. honey C. love D. lose

5. A. fell B. mail C. shell D. best

II. Find down the mistakes and correct them: (10 pts)

6. I used to sit next to a man who his name is Michael Faraday. ……………….. …………………

7. I’d rather typing is letter than write it because it faster. ……………….. …………………

8. He drives too fast that no one likes to ride with him. ……………….. …………………

Page 151
9. The novel writing by Mark Twain attracts a lot of children. ……………….. …………………

10. Thank you very much for you letter who came yesterday. ……………….. …………………

III. Choose A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences: (10 pts)

11. When_____________ a dictionary, you need to be able to understand the symbols and the abbreviations it
contains. A. having used B. use C. to use D. using

12. How can I know_____________ book is yours? - They are so alike.

A. what B. which C. this D. the

13. _____________ Paul brings the money for lunch, we’ll go right down to the cafeteria.

A. Since B. As soon as C. Now that D. Until

14. If I_____________ you, I’d take some rest before the game tomorrow.

A. am B. could be C. were D. would be

15. You have never been to Nha Trang_____________?

A. have you B. haven’t C. you have D. you haven’t

16. She will visit us as soon as she arrives_____________ Paris.

A. at B. in C. on D. to

17. The smaller the room is, the_____________ furniture it needs.

A. fewer B. small C. more D. less

18. The secretary to_____________ I talked didn’t know where the meeting was.

A. which B. who C. that D. whom

19. I find the time of English meals very strange. I’m not used_____________ dinner at 5 pm.

A. to have B. to having C. having D. have

20. I have to be present at eight o’ clock and so_____________.

A. are you B. have you C. do you D. you do

IV. Complete each sentence with an appropriate form of the word in the brackets. (10 pts)

21. In some areas, water has to be boiled to (pure)____________ it.

22. Although her visit was (expect)____________, we made her welcome as the same.

23. I know all the boys in my (neighbor)________________________.

24. He doesn’t agree with the (believe)____________ that there is life on other planets.

25. He examined the parcel (suspect)____________, as he had no idea what it could be.

Page 152
26. All the courses (begin)____________ in January will finish in June.

27. A letter should always end with the (sign)____________ of the writer.

28. It is really quite (ordinary)____________ that we should have been at the same college.

29. There is a great (similar)____________ between Harris and his twin brother.

30. With a good (describe)____________ of the criminal from witness, the police were able to find easily.

V. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete this passage. (10 pts)

These days it is impossible to open a newspaper (31)___________ reading about the damage we are doing to
the environment. The earth is being threatened (32)___________ the future looks bad (33)___________ can
each of us do?

We cannot clean (34)___________ our polluted rivers and seas overnight. Now we can stop the
(35)___________ of plants and animals. But we can stop adding to the problem (36)___________ scientists
look for answer.

It may not be easy to change your lifestyle (37)___________ but some steps are easy to take: cut down the
amount of driving you do, or use as little plastic as possible. It is also easy to save (38)___________, which
also (39)___________ household bills. We all make a personal decision to work for the future of our planet if
we want to ensure a better world (40)___________ our grandchildren.

31. A. with B. without C. and D. but

32. A. and B. however C. so D. moreover

33. A. where B. when C. why D. what

34. A. up B. to C. on D. in

35. A. appear B. appearance C. disappear D. disappearance

36. A. when B. during C. while D. within

37. A. complete B. completeness C. completely D. to complete

38. A. water B. energy C. money D. health

39. A. adds B. decrease C. reduces D. supplies

40. A. from B. for C. to D. in

VI. Read the passage below and choose the best answer for each question. (10 pts)

A geyser is the result of underground water under the combined conditions of temperatures and
increased pressure beneath the surface of the earth. Since temperature rises approximately one degree F for
every sixty feet under the earth’s surface and the increases with depth, water that seeps down in cracks and
fissures until it reaches to the rocks in the earth’s interior becomes heated to a temperature in excess of
290degree. Because of the greater pressure, it shoots out of the surface in the form of steam and hot water. The
result is a geyser.

Page 153
 For the most part, geysers are located in three regions of the world: New Zealand, Ice land, and the
Yellowstone National Park area of the United States. The most geyser in the world is Old Faithful in
Yellowstone Park. Old Faithful erupts almost every an hour, rising to a height of 125 to 170 feet and expelling
more than ten thousand feet during each eruption.

41. In order for a geyser to erupts, ____________________.

A. hot rocks must rise to the surface of the earth. B. water must flow underground.

C. It must be a warm day. D. The earth must not be rugged or broken.

42. Old Faithful is located in____________________.

A. New Zealand B. Iceland C. United States D. England

43. Old Faithful erupts____________________.

A. every 10 minutes B. every 60 minutes C. every 125 minutes D. every 170 minutes

44. A geyser is____________________.

A. hot water and steam B. cracks and fissures C. hot rocks D. great pressure

45. As depth increases____________________.

A. pressure increases but temperature does not B. temperature increases but pressure does not

C. both pressure and temperature increases D. neither pressure nor temperature increases.

VI. Fill in the blanks with the suitable prepositions. (5 pts)

46. The girl fell off her bike and hit her head_____________ the road.

47. You‘d better put pressure_____________ the wound.

48. The policeman asked me to phone_____________ an ambulance.

49. How can we make contact_____________ you?

50. The ambulance will be there_____________ about 10 minutes.

VI. Finish each sentence in such a way that remains the original meaning. (20 pts)

51. ”You stole the jewels!” the inspector said to him. → The inspector accused.................

52. If you want my advice, I would forget about buying a new house. → If I.................

53. Although the play received good notices, not many people went to see it. → Despite.................

54. Their dog was so fierce that nobody would visit them. → They had.................

55. Would you mind not smoking in here? → I’d rather..................

56. ”Let’s go for a walk in the park” said Andrew. → Andrew suggested that.................

57. I applied for the job but was turned down. → My.................

Page 154
58. ”Please don’t drive so fast!” Ann told her boyfriend. → Ann told.................

59. Without his help we would all have died. → If it.................................

60.It is said that he escaped to a neutral country. → He..................................

Page 155
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 41
I. Find the word whose underlined part is pronounced different from others. (5 pts)

1. A. worked B. naked C. looked D. attacked

2. A. engineer B. excited C. experiment D. exhibition

3. A. teammate B. speaker C. bean D. overhead

4. A. furious B. purpose C. surf D. turn

5. A. deny B. deposit C. benefit D. respond

II. Choose the best answer to fill in the blank. (15 pts)

6. My friend_____________ the answer to the question now.

A. is known B. know C. is knowing D. knows

7. I think I’ll buy this pair of shoes. They_____________ me really well.

A. fit B. are fitting C. have fit D. are fitted

8. I’ll tell my uncle all the news when I_____________ him.

A. will see B. am going to see C. see D. shall see

9. I’ve got my key. I found it when I_____________ for something else.

A. looked B. have looked C. looking D. was looking

10. “All these photographs_____________ with a very cheap camera,” he said.

A. have taken B. take C. were taken D. were taking

11. I wondered_____________ the tickets were on sale yet.

A. what B. whether C. when D. where

12. Dinner will be ready soon. Can you please_____________ the table?

A. lay B. put C. make D. take

13. Our neighbors are very_____________ on camping holidays.

A. interested B. fond C. eager D. keen

14. There are some one following us. I think we_____________ in this area.

A. are following B. are followed C. follow D. are being followed

15. Walt Disney_____________ the character of Mickey Mouse

A. was createdB. is created C. creates D. created

16. Would you like to go to the cinema? –No, thanks. I’d_____________ stay at home.

Page 156
A. better B. like C. rather D. prefer

17. Did they ask you what examinations you’ve_____________?

A. succeeded B. passed C. overcome D. obtained

18. The Caspian Sea, a salt lake, is_____________ any other lake in the world.

A. larger than B. largest C. the largest D. the larger than

19. Most people prefer_____________ money to_____________ it.

A. spend/earn B. spending/earn C. to spend/earning D. spending/earning

20. Our teacher made us_____________ harder.

A. working B. to work C. work D. works

III. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting. (5 pts)

21. Peter, I’d would like you to meet some very special people

A B C D

22. It is greatly to be with you on such a lovely day

A B C D

23. Would you mind to go to the local bookshop to get me some papers?

A B C D

24. I think I prefer country life more than city life.

A B C D

25. Thanks for invite me to the water-fetching contest of your school.

A B C D

IV. Fill in the blanks with the right form of the CAPITAL words provided. (10 pts)

26. It is________________________ to eat too much sugar and fatty food. HEALTH

27. During his______________________ the family lived in Cornwall. CHILD

28. Bell_______________________ demonstrated his invention. SUCCESS

29. Every day, there are two______________ from Da Nang to Ho Chi Minh city. FLY

30. ________________________, dark clouds appeared and it began to rain. SUDDEN

31. Their children have quite______________________ characters.

DIFFERENCE

Page 157
32. What is the correct_______________________ of this word?
PRONOUNCE

33. Relax for some minutes and you’ll feel more______________. COMFORT

34. She is one of the greatest_______________________ to appear in this theater. PERFORM

35. My house is on the top of a hill. It’s very ____________________ there in the fall. WIND

V. Complete the text with the verbs in brackets. Use the passive form. (5 pts)

Wiki Website

“Wiki” means “quick” in Hawaiian. The word is used to describe websites that (36. write)___________ by
people who use the site. Anyone who visits a wiki website can add or change the information on the page. The
first wiki website (37. create)___________ by Ward Cunningham in 1995. Since then, wiki guidebooks, wiki
dictionaries and wiki encyclopedias (38. publish)___________ on the Internet. The most popular online
encyclopedia is “wikipedia”. Over 22 million entries (39. add)___________ since it started, and it is now the
most detailed encyclopedia in the world. According to the create or of Wikipedia, the work (40.
do)___________ by 20. 000 people who regularly edit the pages. The amazing thing is that the information is
completely free.

VI. Fill in the blanks with suitable word. (10 pts)

celebration custom gather gifts midnight particularly symbolize ring bring display

In Scotland, the biggest (41)___________ of the year is “Hogmanay”. “Hogmanay” is the Scottish word for
New Year’s Eve. On 31st December in Edinburgh, there is an enormous firework (42)___________ at the
castle and they play live music in the park. Thousands of people (43)___________ in the streets, coffees and
bars. Then at 12 o’clock, church bells (44)___________ all over the city. After midnight people go “first
footing”. This is a Scottish (45)___________ that dates back hundreds of years. “First footing” is visiting your
neighbors after (46)___________ on New Year’s Eve. The visitors must step into the house with their right
foot step first, to (47)___________ good luck. Traditionally, the visitors bring three (48)___________: a piece
of coal, a piece of “short bread” ( a Scottish biscuit) and a little whisky. The gifts (49)___________ warmth,
food and happiness. If the first person who visits your home after midnight is a man with dark hair, that is
(50)___________ lucky.

VII. Read the passage and choose the best answer in the blanket. (10 pts)

For many people, traveling by plane is an exciting experience. Others, however, find the whole idea
quite terrifying, (51)___________ flying is no more dangerous (52)___________ any other form of travel and
some experts say it is considerably safer. It is known, however, that most accident occurs (53)___________
taking off and landing when (54)___________ decisions are vitally important.

The people (55)___________ job it is to look (56)___________ the passengers, the stewards and
stewardesses play an important part in helping passengers to (57)___________ safe and comfortable. Indeed
for many passengers being (58)___________ such care of is all part of the total experience. (59)___________
other form of travel involves waiting for people in quite the same (60)___________ with food, drink,
newspapers, magazines, music, and even video films.

51. A. although B. too C. and D. because

Page 158
52. A. than B. as C. then D. with

53. A. while B. during C. for D. through

54. A. leader’s B. chief’s C. driver’s D. pilot’s

55. A. whose B. which C. their D. that

56. A. for B. up C. after D. round

57. A. feel B. rest C. experience D. lie

58. A. given B. kept C. shown D. taken

59. A. Any B. No C. All D. Not

60. A. sort B. kind C. way D. part

VIII. Rewrite the following sentences so that it has a similar meaning to the first. (10 pts)

61. Tom works hard as a student. →

Tom__________________________________________________________________________________.

62. It is good exercise to run a mile a day. →

Running_________________________________________________________________________.

63. It’s a great pleasure to be with you. →

Being_________________________________________________________________________________.

64. We didn’t see her at all. →

She___________________________________________________________________________________.

65. Tom is not as tall as Peter. →

Peter_________________________________________________________________________________.

Page 159
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 42
I. Choose the underlined part that pronounced differently from the others. (5 pts)

1. A. honest B. hour C. honor D. huour

2. A. deaf B. beat C. lead D. teach

3. A. there B. thank C. youth A. thirsty

4. A. fund B. upset C. tutor D. plug

5. A. option B. informationC. question D. invitation

II. Put the verbs in brackets into correct tenses. (10 pts)

a. Yesterday, I (6. spend)____________ two hours (7. do)____________ the homework.

b. The thieves (8. catch)____________ when the (9. leave)____________ the bank.

c. Two hours ago, Mrs. Brown (10. have)____________ Alice (11. take)____________ her son to the school.

d. How many times you (12. be)____________ to Ho Chi Minh City?

e. The moon (13. move)____________ around the earth.

f. Next summer, my parents will let me (14. visit)____________ my grandfather.

g. How about (15. go)____________ to the zoo?

III. Fill in the gaps with suitable prepositions. (10 pts)

a. She went out the room (16)____________ saying a word.

b. The life in the countryside is changing (17)____________ better.

c. She was born (18)____________ 2 o’clock (19)____________ 18th July.

d. Mary is thinking (20)____________ importing flowers (21)____________ China.

e. They are traveling (22)____________ the airport (23)____________ a bus.

f. I am afraid (24)____________ ghost.

g. The fight (25)____________ deforestation is very important.

IV. Put the words in brackets into correct forms. (10 pts)

26. The question isn’t good. It’s____________ to ask. (import)

27. His father soon died of a____________ heart. (break)

28. Don’t let the child go out because it’s____________. (wind)

29. I am going to have a____________ check-up next Monday. (medicine)

30. The knife is ____________ it can cut everything. (use)

Page 160
31. Ha Long Bay is in____________ Vietnam. (north)

32. The wild animals are being____________. (appear)

33. I couldn’t find any____________ between the two picture. (different)

34. She is a ____________ she sells flowers at a shop in Canada. (flower)

35. Long put____________ on that towel to stop the bleeding. (press)

V. Choose the best answer. (10 pts)

36. Do you find anything_____________ there?

A. interested B. useful C. bored D. easily

37. Ann is very busy these days. She has_____________ free time.

A. a little B. few C. a few D. little

38. It’s raining very_____________

A. wet B. badly C. hard D. firmly

39. A new shopping is_____________ in my neighborhood today.

A. being opened B. opened C. opening D. be opened

40. The stolen machines were_____________ a lot of money.

A. valued B. cost C. price D. worth

41. I finish_____________ the book and went to bed.

A. read B. to read C. reading D. reads

42. That man can tell us where_____________.

A. does John live B. is John living C. John lives D. John live

43. _____________ clothes do you prefer, T- shirt or pullover?

A. Which B. What C. Where D. How

44. Can you_____________ your paper with you when I come there, please?

A. collect B. bring C. get D. take

45. Smoking is harmful_____________ your health.

A. on B. for C. about D. to

VI. Rewrite the following sentences as directed. (10 pts)

46. Has anyone asked you for your opinions? → Nam said
that_________________________________.

Page 161
47. I had a dog once, but I don’t have anymore. →
I_______________________________________________________________.

48. The water was so cold that the children couldn’t swim in it. → The
water__________________________________________.

49. “Eat more and more vegetables” the doctor said. → The doctor
told_______________________________.

50. To live on your salary must be hard. →

It______________________________________________________________.

51. Tom is the best player in the team. → No one in the

team______________________.

52. It’s interesting to read this book. → This

book__________________________________________.

53. I spend half an hour traveling to work by motorbike everyday.→ It

takes__________________________________________.

54. Peter said he wasn’t feeling well then. → Peter said

“I__________________________________.”

55. A boy was injured in the accident, he is now in the hospital. → The
boy____________________________________________.

VII. Find and correct ten mistakes in the passage. (20 pts)

VIII. Read the passage and answer the questions. (10 pts)

ends Just with growing been can reason you recycling what

Most types of paper (66)___________ be recycled. Newspapers have (67)___________ recycled profitably
for decades and recycling of other paper is (68)___________. It’s important to know (69)___________ you are
buying in a paper product, for that (70)___________ virtually all paper products should be marked
(71)___________ the percentage and type of recycled content. (72)___________ saying “recycle paper” isn’t
enough. “Recycled paper” can mean anything from 100% true recycled paper to 1% re-manufactured

Page 162
(73)___________ of large paper rolls. “Post- consumer” mean the paper that (74)___________ and I return to
(75)___________ centers.

IX. Choose the best answer which can fit in the number space. (10 pts).

Many British people go abroad on holiday, to visit family, or on short business trips. People are
(76)___________ to find out how to get urgent treatment before leaving the UK. They have to
(77)___________ a form which explains what they (78)___________ do if they fall ill or (79)___________ an
accident, and what arrangements exist in (80)___________ country for medical treatment. The regulations are
fairly simple but (81)___________ people do not have this information, they may (82)___________ that
private medical care is extremely expensive. It is not unusual for people to discover that they do not have
(83)___________ money with them to (84)___________ the total costs and (85)___________ such
circumstances an already difficult situation becomes even more complicated.

76. A. advised B. suggested C. said D. spoken

77. A. put B. bring C. till D. get

78. A. ought B. will C. should D. may

79. A. have B. get C. happen D. take

80. A. their B. each C. one D. this

81. A. because B. whether C. as D. if

82. A. look B. want C. find D. know

83. A. enough B. little C. few D. full

84. A. pay B. give C. spend D. have

85. A. on B. in C. at D. up

Page 163
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 43
I. Tìm từ có phần gạch chân phát âm khác với những từ còn lại :
1. A. pearl B. earth C. rehearse D. heart
2. A. chopstick B. moderate C. some D. chocolate
3. A. sacred B. clicked C. coughed D. relaxed
4. A. book B. tooth C. food D. cool
5. A. outdoors B. tastes C. series D. directions
6. A. advises B. promises C. houses D. rises
7. A. ancient B. cyclist C. centre D. office
8. A. invent B. depend C. refrigerator D. select
II. Cho dạng đúng của các động từ trong ngoặc sau :
1. The number of participants (1-increase) every week
2. Is your sister used to (2-drive) on the left in London?
4. Formerly, my father (3-work) for a computer company
5. Galileo proved that the earth (4-move) around the sun
6. He doesn’t like (5-answer) the phone and often lets it (6-ring)
7. You (7-be) free tomorrow? No. I (8-have) lunch with my boss
8. How is your English ? Not bad. It (9-improve) slowly
9. Mumps (10-be) an unpleasant disease?
1…………….. 2……………… 3……………… 4……………… 5………………
6…………….. 7……………… 8……………… 9……………… 10……………..
III. Chọn một đáp án thích hợp nhất để hoàn thành các câu sau :
1. If someone has got....................temperature, they feels very hot
A. the B. an C. a D. Þ
2. Hoa : I dislike durians Nga :.................
A. Neither am I B. I don’t, too C. Me neither D. I do, either
3. You can usually get cheaper goods if you buy them in an open-air..................
A. shop B. street C. store D. market
4. ...................people go to the cinema now than ten years ago
A. Fewer B. Little C. Few D. Less
5. On the table, there are vegetables, bread and two large...................
A. bowl of soups B. bowls of soup C. bowls of soups D. bowl of soup
6. Minh will be 18 years old...................her next birthday
A. on B. in C. with D. for
7. .................... do you buy this radio? – To listen to music.

A. Which B. Why C. When D. Where

8. ......................? The USA, but now he is living in London
A. Where does John come from? B. Where is John living?
C. What does John do ? D. How long did John stay in London?
9. There are two churches in the town and ………………of them are extremely old.
A. each B. both C. all D. most
10. The boss wants his ………………….. to type some letters.
A. novelist B. journalist C. musician D. secretary
IV. Cho dạng đúng của từ trong ngoặc:
1. His birthday is on the (nine)……………of May
2. They are both good................... (type). They type carefully
3. It’s becoming.................... (increase) difficult to find a job nowadays
4. He enjoyed (social)......................with his friend and is costs nothing.
5. Here is a special offer to all (collect)................... of foreign coins
6. My brother and I were sent to a (board).................... school when we were small
7. The world of computers is very (compete)......................
8. What (nation)................... is he ? He’s (Holland).....................

Page 164
9. The room will look (bright)................... if there is a painting on the wall.
1…………….. 2……………… 3……………… 4……………… 5………………
6…………….. 7……………… 8……………… 9……………… 10……………..
V. Điền vào mỗi chỗ trống một giới từ :
1. Please look .......(1) my children while I am away.
2. In a game of single, two players play .........(2) each other.
3. Thanks ......(3) that invention, we can explore the bottom of the sea.
4. I’m not very fond .......(4) detective stories.
5. Instead .......(5) riding a bike to school, they take a walk.
6. Hurry up! The film will begin........(6) a few minutes
7. There is a good selection of fruit………(7) display.
8. Mai is better………(8) speaking English than writing it.
9. Eating........(9) chopsticks seems difficult..........(10) first
1…………….. 2……………… 3……………… 4……………… 5………………
6…………….. 7……………… 8……………… 9……………… 10……………..
VI. Điền một từ thích hợp vào mỗi chỗ trống để hoàn thành đoặn văn sau :
Americans like sports very much. One of the (1)............. popular kinds of sports in Autumn is football. All
the high schools(2)........... universities have their own teams.
In winter the most popular kind of sports (3)........... basketball. There is usually a match every evening in
one school gymnasium or another. In some parts of the United States there is a lot of (4).............. and ice.
Many people like skiing and skating. In the other two (5).............., millions of Americans enjoy baseball. The
schools have their games in (6)..............., but the most important professional games are played during
summer. Many people listen to the games (7) .......... the radio, watch them on television or read about them
(8) .............. the newspapers. Some also play tennis or golf and others (9) ......... fishing. They like to stay
outdoors (10)........it is warm during the months of June, July and August.
1…………….. 2……………… 3……………… 4……………… 5………………
6…………….. 7……………… 8……………… 9……………… 10……………..
VII. Đọc kĩ đoặn văn sau và chọn một đáp án đúng :
John Smith is a very busy man. He is 60 years old and he has a lot of jobs. He is a policeman, a fireman, a
school bus driver, a postman, a taxi driver, a boatman, an ambulance man, an accountant, a petrol attendant, a
barman and an undertaker. Also, he and his wife, Susan, have a shop and a small hotel.
John lives and works on the island of Gingham in the west of Scotland. Only one hundred and twenty people
live there but in summer this number will be doubled because of tourists who come by boat every day. Every day
John gets up at 6.00 and makes breakfast for the hotel guests. At 8.00, he drives the island’s children to school. At
9.00, he collects the post from the boat and delivers it to all the houses on the island. He also delivers the beer to the
island’s only pub. Then he helps Susan in the shop. He says, “Susan likes being busy, too. We never have holidays
and we do not like watching television. In the evenings, Susan makes supper and I do the accounts. At 10.00, we
have a glass of wine and then we go to bed. Perhaps our life isn’t very exciting, but we like it”.
1. John Smith is a very busy man because______________________.
A. he lives and works on the island B. he is 60 years old
C. he has thirteen jobs D. he is a policeman and a taxi driver.
2. In summer, about ______________________ people and tourists are on the island of Gingham.
A. 120 B. 60 C. 150 D. 240
3. He usually takes the island’s children to school by ______________________.
A. bus B. taxi C. boat D. ambulance
4. What does John do in the evenings? ______________________.
A. He makes supper B. He does the accounts
C. He goes to bed early D. He watches television
5. They don’t watch television in the evenings because ______________________.
A. They have a glass of wine B. They have lots of things to do
C. They are always tired in the evening D. They don’t like it
VII. Dùng các từ gợi ý để viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh :
1. you / better / eat / too / candies / because / they / not good / your teeth

Page 165
 .........................................................................................................................................................
2. Hoa / measure / height / weigh / the scale / the moment.
........................................................................................................................................................
3. Mr.Lam / now wear / face mask / protect him / breathe / dust
........................................................................................................................................................
4. last year / brother / work / engineer / printing factory
........................................................................................................................................................
5. public library / city / have / thousands / books / and / Lan / begin / borrow / books regularly.
.........................................................................................................................................................
VIII. Mỗi câu sau có MỘT lỗi sai. Hãy tìm và sửa lại cho đúng :
1. He drinks a lot of mineral waters in a day.
2. We ate all the chocolates. There are no in the box
3. Look at these two beautiful vases. Which one do you like best?
4. That cake was very good, but I’m very full to eat any more
5. The baby doesn’t look happy. I think she is crying
1..................... 2..................... 3.................... 4.................... 5....................
IX. Sắp xếp các từ sau thành câu hoàn chỉnh:
1. was / an / film / last night / about / there / school / interesting / TV / activities / on
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. until / go / Nguyen Trai / along / road / hotel / Plaza / the / get / to / you
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. supermarket / total / the goods / mother/ in / what / the / your / was/ of / bought / the / cost?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. your / using / the / moment / I / ruler / it / can / you / borrow / are / or / at?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
X. Viết lại các câu sau sao cho nghĩa của chúng không đổi:
1. It is a six - hour flight from London to Endinburgh.
It takes . .....................................................................................................................................
2. What was your height last year?
How...........................................................................................................................................?
3. Peter plays for the school badminton team
Peter is .......................................................................................................................................
4. Collecting old coins from foreign countries is one of George’s interests.
George is....................................................................................................................................
5. Our grandparents visited Ha Long Bay last summer.
Our grandparents paid...............................................................................................................
6. My teacher always drives very carefully.
How..........................................................................................................................................!

Page 166
 7. Hoa spends thirty minutes a day practicing the piano
Practicing the piano..................................................................................................................
8. To do morning exercises every day is good for your health.
It is............................................................................................................................................

Page 167
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 44
I. Select the word whose bold and underlined part is pronounced differently from others. (5 pts)

1. A. looked B. watched C. stopped D. carried

2. A. bath B. father C. theater D. health

3. A. danger B. angry C. language D. passage

4. A. whole B. when C. where D. while

5. A. improvement B. equipment C. comment D. development

II. Choose the correct word or phrase underlined to complete each sentence. (15 pts)

6. He asked me (if I have/ whether I have/ if I had/ whether I have had) a driving license.

7. Cool the burn immediately (so as/ so that/ in order to/ because) to minimize tissue damage.

8. She promises she (is/ be/ has been/ will be) back in about ten minutes.

9. This project (is carried out/ will carried out / carries out/ will be carried out) next month.

10. I saw him (watering/ water/ is watering/ to water) the flowers in the garden.

11. Angkor Wat is the (large/ largest / larger/ most largest) temple in the world.

12. In the rice – cooking festival, a fire is made in the (modern/ new/ traditional/ old time) way.

13. Hoa told me that she (is / was/ were/ had been) hungry.

14. It (sounds/ hears/ says/ listens) interesting. How does it work?

15. It isn’t good for children (to eat/ eating/ for eating/ eat) too many sweets.

16. My mother is (enough/ too/ so/ very) tired to cook tonight

17. They haven’t seen each other (since/ for/ at/ in) Christmas.

18. Alexander Graham Bell invented the (washing machine/ computer/ television set/ telephone).

19. Mr Hoang is used (eat/ to eat/ to eating/ ate) no thing before going to work

20. Tim saw his friends while he (cross/ was crossing/ is crossing/ crossed) the street.

III. Choose the best option A, B, C or D to complete the following questions. (10 pts)

21. She went to market without ______________________ anything.

A. buy B. to buy C. bought D. buying

22. ______________________ she plays the piano!

A. How well B. How good C. What well D. What good

23. The new shopping mall is quite ______________________ the present shopping area.

Page 168
 A. different from B. the same C. like to D. similar

24. There were ________________________________ flowers that I couldn’t decide what to buy.

A. so many B. so few C. so little D. so much

25. Of my parents, my father is ________________________________

A. the stricter B. the strictest C. strict D. stricter

26. Would you ________________________________ cleaning the floor for me?

A. like B. please C. mind D. rather

27. I’ve never seen such an interesting ______________________________

A. performing B. performer C. performance D. performed

28. I’m sorry. I’m not _____________________ to help you lift the table.

A. enough strong B. too strong C. strong enough D. enough strength.

29. I usually go to work by bus, but _____________ and then I use my motorbike

A. again B. once C. now D. ever

30. There are not _______________________ jobs for all of us.

A. so B. such C. too D. enough

IV. Fill a suitable preposition in each blank. (10 pts)

31. Mrs. Vui always prides___________ her cooking.

32. It is safe to keep medicine___________ locked cupboards.

33. Lipton tea is different___________ Dilmah tea.

34. How___________ going to Vinh Market this afternoon?

35. Mr John is very interested___________ the history of Viet Nam.

36. When my parents arrived home, I was waiting___________ a phone call.

37. Mary regretted not bringing a lot of clothes___________ her. It was very cold.

38. Hoa got up late as her alarm clock didn’t go___________.

39. Would you mind if I had a look___________ your luggage?

40. Because of the heavy storm, the ship moved up and___________ the water.

V. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets. (10 pts)

41. The lecturer is giving us first-aid____________. (instruct)

42. Relax for some minutes and you’ll feel more____________. (comfort)
Page 169
43. He said “Good morning” in a most___________ way. (friend)

44. This book is___________ enough for me to read. (interest)

45. Sa Pa is a wonderful___________ resort in Viet Nam. (mountain)

46. Nam’s sister has been an___________ for seven years. (act)

47. Diana is a___________. She sells flowers at a shop in New York. (flower)

48. The view of this mountain is____________. (beauty)

49. My mother doesn’t like me to wear short skirts to church. She thinks they are____________. (suitable)

50. Christmas songs were___________ for people in towns and villages. (perform)

VI. Read and choose the words or phrases that best fit each of the blank spaces. (10 pts)

Paper

Paper was (51)__________ by the Chinese in the first century AD. Most paper is made (52)__________ wood.
When trees are (53)__________, they are transported (54)__________ land or water to paper mill. Here they
are cut (55)__________ and the wood is broken up into fibres. Which are (56)__________ with water and
chemicals. This wood pulp is then dried on a machine and (57)__________ into paper.

One tree is needed for every 400 (58)__________ of a typical forty-page newspaper. If half the adults
in Britain each buy one daily paper, this uses up over 40.000 trees a day. Trees are being cut down faster than
they are being (59)__________, so there may be a (n) (60)__________ paper shortage before the year 2010.

51. A. imagined B. invented C. thought D. brought

52. A. from B. of C. by D. with

53. A. cut in B. cut of C. cut down D. cut up

54. A. on B. of C. through D. by

55. A. up B. all C. over D. in

56. A. turned B. mixed C. beaten D. joined

57. A. make B. making C. made D. to make

58. A. covers B. texts C. sheets D. copies

59. A. set up B. replaced C. grown up D. found

60. A. able B. important C. serious D. essential

VII. Find a mistake by choosing A, B, C or D. (5 pts)

61. Have you ever seen a painting of Picasso yet?

A B C D

Page 170
62. “Do you think anyone saw us?” she told nervously.

A B C D

63. The plays writing by Shakespeare are very popular in the world.

A B C D

64. The employer said that he would give them a two-day trip to Phu Tho next week.

A B C D

65. My sister is studying very hard in order to pass the exam and getting scholarship at university.

A B C D

V. Rewrite these sentences so that they have the same meaning. (20 pts)

66. She studies English so that she can improve her knowledge. → She studies English so as____________.

67. The last time I went to Ho Chi Minh City was 6 years ago. →I
haven’t___________________________________________________.

68. “Where is the post office?” A visitor asked Lan. → A visitor asked
Lan________________________.

69. May I borrow your ruler? → Would you

mind________________________________.

70. We spent five hours getting to London. → It took

us__________________________________________________.

71. Someone is going to tune my piano tomorrow. → I am

going____________________________________________.

72. Nam keeps forgetting his homework. → Nam

is_____________________________________________________.

73. My mother gave me a very nice watch yesterday. →I

was____________________________________________________________.

74. We’d prefer you not to smoke. → We’d

rather__________________________________________.

75. “You should not believe him, Minh” said Toan → Toan
advised_________________________________________.

Page 171
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 45
PART A: PHONETICS: (5 points).
I. Choose the word whose underlined part pronounced differently from that of the others by circling A,
B, C or D.
1. A. nervous B. scout C. household D. mouse
2. A. last B. taste C. fast D. task
3. A. improved B. returned C. arrived D. stopped
II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the others by circling A, B, C or D .
1. A. comfort B. nation C. apply D. moment
2. A. medical B. advise C. vegetables D. physical
PART B: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR:
I. Circle the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences:
(10 points).
1. Most people enjoy .......................to different parts of the world.
A. to travel B. travel C. traveling D. traveled
2. ....................... time do you spend learning English every day?
A. How much B. How many C. How long D. How often
3. This orange tastes ........................
A. sweetly B. sweety C. sweet D. sweets
4. Every one had ....................... at the picnic.
A. good time B. a good time C. good times D. better time
5. Would you like to .......................for a walk later?
A. have B. make C. do D. go
6. Please don’t ....................... so much noise.
A. go B. make C. do D. take
7. Is there anything good.......................TV tonight?
A. on B. in C. near D. at
8. My mother doesn’t like coffee and .......................
A. neither do I B. neither I do C. either do I D. I don’t too
9. Wear your hat. It will .......................your head.
A. protect B. defend C. secure D. guarantee.
10.The news on TV last night...........................very good.
A. was B. has C. were D. be
11. My father often drives his car ___________ a speed of 50 kilometres an hour.
A. with B. on C. in D. at
12. Water never runs ___________.
A. downhill B. uphill C. upside D. downside
13 It will be ready ____________ two weeks.
A. for B. on C. in D. to
14. His parents were ____________ poor to send him to school.
A. too B. much C. so D. very
15. It took ___________ time to learn this lesson.
A. so many B. so C. so much D. such
16. He can’t buy that car because he has ___________ money.
A. a lot of B. a little C. little D. few
17. It is ___________ book that just a few people like it.
A. so an old B. so old C. such old D. such an old
18. Unless you ___________ quiet, I’ll go out.
A. don’t keep B. keep C. kept D. didn’t keep
19. How far is it from your house to your school? - “ _____________”
A. I take 20 minutes to get to my school.
B. It took 20 minutes to get to my school.
C. It takes me 20 minutes to get to my school.

Page 172
D. It took me 20 minutes to get to my school.
20. How often do you go to the post office? - “ ______________”
A. two a week B. twice a week C. two times a week D. second time a week

II. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets.

1.What you (do)…………at the moment? I (watch) ………….T.V.
2.We (not buy)................a book yesterday.
3.You must (do) ......................your homework before watching TV.
4.How much it ( cost ) …………….to mail a latter to England ?
5.I will send him the message as soon as he (return)………………
6.A little girl can’t spend all her time (listen) ……………..to stories.
7. Hong and Nam (be )............ absent from class yesterday?
8.When my sister and I (live)................in Hue we (visit)............... a lot of interesting
places.
III.Fill in the blank with one suitable preposition.
1.Life ……….the city is .different from that in the country.
2.Trang received a letter …………her aunt last week.
3.Eating too much candy is bad …………you.
4.Bao is very good ………………fixing house hold appliances.
5.We usally go fishing ………….summer.
6. They always go to school …………foot.
7. There are some English books ……….. the back of the library.
8. My school team took part …………… walking competition last year.
9. Please, come ……………….. It is cold outside.
10. Mr. Long is having a meeting ………….8.00 and 10.00 am today.

IV. Give the correct form of the words in parentheses. (10 points).
1. She often feels …………………when she gets bad marks. (happy)
2. My stomachache ....................... after I took the tablets. (appear)
3. My favorite subject at school is physical…………….. (educate)
4. Do you know that video games may be .................? (addict)
5. Catching the common cold is ................for everybody. (please)
6. Hoa is the most…………………………. girl in her class. (beauty)
7.My father has a ...................…computer. He often brings it with him
when he’s away on business. (port)
8.Some of the children …….boys, play marbles when there is a break. (main)
9.My sister has a big……………………….….of stamps. (collect)
10.I have ....................time to play than my friends . (little)
V. Circle the letter of the underlined portion which is not correct and correct it.

1.The movie is not more interesting as the one we saw last week.
A B C D
2.My brother never enjoys classical music and I don’t too.
A B C D
3. Mrs Mai bought the material and makes the dress for her daughter yesterday .
A B C D
4.On recess , the school yard is very crowded and noisy .
A B C D
5.Toms’ aunt lived in a small town in the USA .
A B C D

PART C. READING (25 points).

I. Fill in each numbered blank with ONE suitable word. (10 points).

Page 173
 Do want to be fitter and healthier? Would you like to look younger? Do you want to feel …….. (1)
relaxed? Then try a few days at a health farm. Health farms are becoming ………….(2) of the most popular
places …….(3) a short break. I went to Henley Manor for a weekend. It’s …………..(4) largest health farm in
the country ………(5) it isn’t the most expensive. After two days of exercise I ………..(6) ten times better.
But the best thing for me was the food. It was all very healthy, of ……… (7), but it was excellent, too!
If you’re looking for something a ………….(8) cheaper, try a winter break. Winter is the darkest and
the coldest………….(9) of the year, and it can also be the worst time for your body. We all eat too…………
(10) and we don’t take enough exercise. A lot of health farm offer lower prices Monday to Friday from
November to March.
III. Choose the correct answer from the four options marked A, B, C or D to complete each of the
numbered blanks in the following passage.(10 points).
In the United States of America, the national language is (1)............ English. Four hundred years ago, some
English people came to North America to live and they brought (2).......... language to this country.
Now in the USA, people speak (3)...........English . Most of the words are the (4)............ in American and
Bristish English, but the American say some English words not as people (5)........... in England. Canada is
(6).......... to the North of the United States of America. It is the larger (7)......... the United States. In Canada,
many people (8)............ English because they also came from England many years (9)......... But in some parts
of Canada, people speak (10)............ because they came from France.
1. A. also. B. like. C. as. D. not.
2. A. French. B. English. C. Chinese. D. Canadian.
3. A. British. B. American. C. Russian. D. Chinese.
4. A. various. B. similar. C. same. D. like.
5. A. do. B. say. C. talk. D. speak.
6. A. lies. B. situated. C. at. D. in.
7. A. than. B. as. C. more. D. less.
8. A. say. B. tell. C. talk. D speak.
9. A. ago. B. later. C. there. D. here.
10. A. France. B.French. C. Russian. D. Italian
III. Read the passage and choose the correct answer A , B, C or D(5 points).
Who are the best drivers? Which drivers are the safest on the roads? According to a recent survey,
young and inexperienced drivers are the most likely to have an accident. Older drivers are more careful. Young
men have the worst accident records of all. They often choose faster cars with bigger engines. One of the most
interesting facts in the survey is that passengers have an effect on the driver. When young male drivers have
their friends in the car, their driving become worse. When their wife or girlfriend is in the car, however, their
driving is better. But opposite is true for women. Their driving is more dangerous when their husband or
boyfriend is in the car.
1. According to the survey, who are the most likely to have an accident ?
A. Young and experienced drivers. B. Old and inexperienced drivers.
C. Young and old drivers. D. Young and inexperienced drivers.
2. Young men often choose ………………………………………………
A. expensive cars. B. fast cars with big engines.
C. slow cars with big engines. D. fast car with small engines.
3. Who have an effect on the driver ?
A. passengers B. policemen C. children D. journalists.
4. When young male drivers have the wife of girlfriends in the car, their driving becomes
………………………………………….
A. worse B. better C. slower D. faster
5. When their husband or boyfriend is in the car, women’s driving is…..
A. more careful B. better C. more dangerous D. faster
PART D. WRITING (20 POINTS).
I. Complete the second sentences in such a way that it is almost the same as the first.
1.Lan’s hair is long.
’ Lan ................................................................................................. ............

Page 174
2.Nam rides his bike to school everyday.
’ Nam...............................................................................................................
3.Nobody in our class is more intelligent than Nga.
’ Nga................................................................................................................
4.Let’s go swimming.
’ Shall ................................................................................................................?
5. What is the distance between your hometown and your school?
’ How ............................................................................................................?
6. How tall is this building?
’ What............................................................................................................?
7. Miss Lan is a good English teacher.
’ Miss Lan ….................................................................................................
8. It took Mr. Hoang half an hour to walk to work to yesterday.
’ Mr. Hoang spent.........................................................................................
9. What is the price of this cap ?
’ How much.................................................................................................... . ..
10. Listening to music is more interesting than watching TV.
’ I prefer..............................................................................................................
II. Write a paragraph about 100- 120 words about what is your favorite hobby.

Page 175
 Keys – practice 45
PART A: PHONETICS: (5 pts)
I. Choose the word whose underlined part pronounced differently from that of the others by circling A,
B, C or D (3pts)
1.A 2B 3 D
II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the others by circling A, B, C or D (2 pts)
1C 2B
PART B: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR: (30pts)
I. Circle the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences:
(10 pts)
1.C 2A 3C 4.B 5.D 6 B 7A 8 A 9A 10A
11. D 12. B 13. C 14. A 15. C
6C 17. D 18. B 19. C 20. B

II. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets. (10pts)

1.are...doing – am watching 2. didn’t buy 3.do 4. does....cost
5. returns 6. listening 7. were 8. lived –visited
III.Fill in the blank with one suitable word.
1. in 3. on 5. for 7. about 9. out
2. from 4. from 6. at 8. with 10. in

IV. Give the correct form of the words in parentheses. (10 points).
1.unhappy 2.disappeared 3 education 4.addictive 5. unpleasant
6 beautiful 7. portable 8. mainly 9.collection 10. less
V. Circle the letter of the underlined portion which is not correct and correct it. (5 pts)
1B (so/as) 2D( either) 3C(made)
4A( At recess) 5A (Tom’s aunt)

PART C. READING (25 PTS).

I. Fill in each numbered blank with ONE suitable word. (10 pts).
1.more 2.one 3. for 4. the 5. but
6.felt 7. course 8. bit/ little 9. time/season 10. much
II. Choose the correct answer from the four options marked A, B, C or D to complete each of the
numbered blanks in the following passage.(10 pts).
1. A also 2. B English 3. B American 4. C same 5. D speak
6. B situated 7. A than 8. D speak 9. A ago 10. B French
III.Read the passage and choose the correct answer A , B, C or D(5 pts).
1. D. 2. B. 3. A. 4. B. 5. C.
D. WRITING (20 PTS).
I. Complete the second sentences in such a way that it is almost the same as the first. (10 pts)
1.Lan has long hair
2.Nam goes to school by bike everyday
3.Nga is the most intelligent (student) in our class
4.Shall we go swimming ?
5.How far is it from your hometown to your school ?
6.What is the height of this building ?
7.Miss Lan teaches English well
8.Mr Hoang spent half an hour walking to work yesterday
9.How much is this cap ?
10.I prefer listening to music to watching TV.
III. Write a paragraph about 100- 120 words about what is your favorite hobby?
Marking criteria:

Page 176
Bài viết có bố cục 3 phần, nội dung tốt: 2.0 points

Tính chính xác về ngữ pháp và từ vựng, chính tả: 2.0 points

Tính liên kết giữa câu, đoạn: 1.0 points

B- HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM:

- Nếu học sinh làm cách khác đúng thì vẫn được điểm.
- Tổng điểm toàn bài :100 points
- Thang điểm: 20 điểm
Tổng số điểm các câu, ý làm đúng
Điểm bài thi =
5

- Điểm bài thi được làm tròn đến 0,25

Page 177
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 46
SECTION A: PHONETICS
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others by circling
the corresponding letter A or B, C, D.
1. A. happy B. apple C. act D. aunt
2. A. mind B. bike C. fit D. tidy
3. A. school B. chair C. church D. chat
4. A. health B. team C. tea D. sea
5. A. sun B. fun C. son D. put
6. A. excited B. interested C. worried D. painted
7. A. use B. computer C. duty D. shut
8. A. chair B. fair C. pair D. are
9. A. how B. know C. town D. brown
10. A. season B. break C. great D. steak
SECTION B: VOCABULARY, GRAMMAR
I. Choose the best answer by circling its corresponding letter A, B, C or D
1. We always need more players. Why don’t you come ………………?
A. on B. along C. with D. after
2. Will you be home …………..dinner tonight?
A. to B. for C. at D. on
3. Giving a book report before the class is an interesting …………………..
A. act B. action C. activity D. deed
4. Do you go out ………..?
A. in the afternoon on Fridays B. on Fridays in the afternoon
C. on afternoons Friday D. on Friday afternoons
5. …………….lives in a very big house
A. A Queen of England B. Queen of England
C. The Queen of the England D. the Queen of England
6. On Sunday mornings I stay in bed …………..8 o’clock.
A. until B. at C. from D. to
7. I often ……………in winter.
A. go playing skiing B. go skiing
C.play skiing D. go to ski
8. Some young peole are working ……………hospital volunteers.
A. to be B. such as C. like D. as
9. We shouldn’t cross the street outside the …………….
A. pavement B. foot lane C. sidewalk D. zebra crossing
10. They …………..healthy after the summer vacation.
A. looked B. were seeming C. were looking D. were appearing
11. They meet their friends and …………some fun.
A. take B. have C. do D. enjoy
12. Yo should pay more …………….in class.
A. part B. care C. notice D. attention
13. He and his friends usually get ……… and talk about their stamps.
A. together B. themselves C. each other D. one another
14. He likes stamps. He is a stamp …………..
A. collect B. collecting C. collector D. collects
15. Some students say they are …………have no time for pastime.
A. hurry B. busy C. full D. hard
16. It’s difficult to cross this street because there is too much ………..
A. crowd B. traffic C. people D. transport
17. There aren’t any good movies …………..at the moment.
A. going on B. being on C. performing D. showing

Page 178
 18. Sorry I can’t come but thanks ………….
A. any ways B. any way C. anyway D. in anyway
19. Look at ………..girl over there.
A. one B. this C. that D. a
20. Would you like to come to my house for lunch?
A. Yes, I do B. I’d love to C. Yes, I like D. OK. I’d like
II. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets to complete the following sentences.
1. No one enjoy (go) ……….to hospital.
2. What you (do)…………at the moment? I (watch) ………….T.V.
3. We (be) ……………students in four years.
4. A new school (build) ………………near our school now.
5. You (be) …………..angry if he refuses to help you?
6. I will send him the message as soon as he (return)………………
7. A lttle girl can’t spend all her time (listen) ……………..to stories.
8. He sent a telegram for his mother (learn) …………….good news.
9. + Where are you?
+ I am upstairs. I (have)……………… a bath.

III. Fill in each blank with the correct form of the word given in capital:
11. My father has a …………computer. He often brings it with him when he’s away on business. PORT
12. We are all ………..about going on an excursion to Cuc Phuong forest next weekend. EXCITE
13. The room will look brighter if there is a …………..on the wall. PAINT
14. Some of the children …………….boys, play marbles when there is a break. MAIN
15. You shouldn’t eat ……….food. HEALTH
16. We mustn’t be ……………….when we cross busy streets. CARE
17. She often feels …………………when she gets bad marks. HAPPY
18. There are about 200 ………….in this company. EMPLOY
19. Mai is ………….at math than me. GOOD
20. This lovely apartment has two bedrooms and it is ……………FURNISH

IV. Choose the underline word or phrase that is incorrect

1. Tim is at the same age as Hoa.
AB C D
2. At recess, the students practice to play basketball.
A B C D
3. Do you know how much a banana cost?
A B C D
4. The tacher says Ba will be a famous artist in one day.
A B C D
5. Some boys are playing marble in the school yard at recess.
A B C D
6. Some students are playing games as blind man’s buff and catch.
A B C D
7. Mai learns how to use a computer in her scientific class.
A B C D
8. I’d love coming to your birthday but I’m much too busy.
A B C D
9. There are less TV programs for teenagers than there are for adults.
A B C D
10. People are living longer so there are more and more many old people
A B C D

V. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions.

Page 179
 1. What time does the library close?
- It closes …………about half …………four.
2. Can you help me wash …………these dirty glasses?
3. We look ………………..the new words in the dictionary.
4. You shouldn’t eat and watch TV ……….the same time.
5. These cards are in alphabetical order and …………author.
6. Schools in Vietnam are different ……….those in the USA.
7. What is your date ………birth?
- November eighth.
8. Farmers are very hard-working. They work from morning ………night on their farms.
9. I like to live ……….the countryside because people there are more friendly.
10. Mr. Minh is not at home now. He is …………work.

SECTION C: READING
I. Choose one suitable word to complete the following passage.
fishing singer Join Join in off watching
when spend movies things house home

I only have Sunday (1)………… so I have very little free time. Sunday is a wonderful day for me to (2)
……….time with my friends and family. One of the (3)……….I really enjoy doing on Sunday morning is to
go (4) ………….with my friends, although I am not always successful in catching fish. It is a time to relax and
talk about the previous week’s events and future plans. I usually go (5)……..late in the afternoon. My family
sometimes (6)……………..other relatives on Sunday evening at a karaoke restaurant and we all have a good
time together. It is especially fun (7)……..my father gets up to sing. Please don’t tell him I said this, but he is a
very bad (8)……..! Once in a while I go to the (9)……………with my friends or my brother. Sometimes, I just
stay at home, listening to music, (10)……………videos or reading novels.

II. Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word.

Alice is a new English friend of (1)…………….. . She is very (2) …………….to tell me about her new (3)
…………… Her lessons begin at nine each morning and (4)……………until half past ten. Then she has a
………….for a quarter of an hour. During this time she usually talks to her friend about many things such (6)
…………………the last class or last night’s movie, … . She has five (7) …………….in the morning and three
in the afternoon. Alice’s favorite (8) ………..English. The first term lasts four months from September to
December. Alice tries her (10)……………….to become a good student in the class.

SECTION D: WRITING
I. Use given words to rewrite the second sentence that the meaning not change:
1. What a luxurious car!
How………………………………………………………………!
2. It takes me an hour to do my homework every evening.
I spend ……………………………………………………………
3. No one can run faster than me.
I am …………………………………………………………..
4. Is there a library at your school?
Does……………………………………………………….?
5. How old are you?
What …………………………………………………………?
6. Shall I bring you a cup of tea?
Would …………………………………………………………?
7. My sister is more hard-working than me.
I don’t …………………………………………………………………?
8. Do you have a better refrigerator than this?
Is this………………………….

Page 180
 9. Finding an apartment in a big city is not easy.
It is ………………………………………………………………
10. February often has 28 days.
There ………………………………………………………………

II. Rearrange the words in correct sentences

1. at / the library / Englísh / of / books / in / the back / are / those.
2. learn / write / literature/ about/ essays / in / and / we/ books / the.
3. the bell / into / the students / ten / and / go / past / rings / all / the yard / half / at.
4. play / the / is / room / the guitar / Ba / in / learning / music / to.
5. dinner / like / come / would / to / house / you / to / for / my?

Page 181
 Keys – practice 46
SECTION A: PHONETICS
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others by circling
the corresponding letter A or B, C, D. (10 marks)- Mỗi đáp án đúng cho 1 điểm.
Câu 1 2 3 4 5
Đáp án D C A A D
Câu 6 7 8 9 10
Đáp án C D D B C
SECTION B: VOCABULARY, GRAMMAR
I. Choose the best answer by circling its corresponding letter A, B, C or D. (10 marks)- Mỗi đáp án đúng
cho 0,5 điểm.

Câu 1 2 3 4 5
Đáp án B B C D D
Câu 6 7 8 9 10
Đáp án A B D D A
Câu 11 12 13 14 15
Đáp án B D A C B
Câu 16 17 18 19 20
Đáp án B D C C B
II. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets to complete the following sentences. (10 marks)- Mỗi
đáp án đúng cho 1 điểm.
1. going 5. will …be
2. are …..doing, am watching 6. returns
3. will be 7. listening
4. is being built 8. to learn 9. am having

III. Fill in each blank with the correct form of the word given in capital:(10 marks)- Mỗi đáp án đúng
cho 1 điểm.
1. portable 6. careless
2. excited 7. unhappy
3. painting 8. employees
4. mainly 9. better
5. unhealthy 10. furnished

IV. Choose the underline word or phrase that is incorrect. (10 marks)- Mỗi đáp án đúng cho 1 điểm.

1. B. at bỏ 6. B. as like
2. D. to play playing 7. D. scientific science
3. D. cost costs 8. A. coming to come
4. D. in one day one day 9. A. less fewer
5. B. marble marbles 10. C. many bỏ

V. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions. (10 marks)- Mỗi đáp án đúng cho 1 điểm.
Câu 1 2 3 4 5
Đáp án At - past Up up at by
Câu 6 7 8 9 10
Đáp án from of till in at
SECTION C: READING
I. Choose one suitable word to complete the following passage. (10 marks)- Mỗi đáp án đúng cho 1 điểm.
1. off 2. spend 3. things 4. fishing 5. home
6. join 7. when 8. singer 9. movies 10. watching
Page 182
II. Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word. (10 marks)- Mỗi đáp án đúng cho 1 điểm.
1. mine 2. eager/ pleased / happy 3. school
4. continue/ last 5. break/ recess 6. as
7. periods 8. subjects 9. in 10. best
SECTION D: WRITING
I. Use given words to rewrite the second sentence that the meaning not change:(10 marks)- Mỗi đáp án
đúng cho 1 điểm.
1. How luxurious the car is!
2. I spend an hour doing my homework everyday.
3. I am the fastest runner.
4. Does your school have a library?
5. What is your age?
6. Would you like a cup of tea? / Would you like me to bring you a cup of tea?
7. I don’t work so / as hard as my sister (does).
8. Is this the best refrigerator you have?
9. It is not easy to find an apartment in a big city.
10. There are often 28 days in February.
II. Rearrange the words in correct sentences. (10 marks)- Mỗi đáp án đúng cho 2 điểm.
1. Those books at the back of the library are in English.
2. In literature, we learn about the books and write essays.
3. At half past ten, the bell rings and all the students go into the yard.
4. Ba is learning to play the guitar in the music room.
5. Would you like to come to my house for dinner?
II. HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM:
- Tổng điểm toàn bài: 100 điểm
- Thang điểm 10
Tổng những phần làm đúng
- Điểm bài thi =
10
ENGLISH PRACTICE 47
B. PHONETICS. (1,0 mark ) Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the
others in each group. Write your answers (A, B, C or D) on the answer sheet.
1. A. raised B. coughed C. practiced D. talked
2. A. athletics B. month C. gather D. both
3. A. invitation B. collection C. equation D. celebration
4. A. horrible B. household C. rehearse D. hour
5. A. throw B. allow C. flow D. grow

C. GRAMMAR & VOCABULARY. (5,0 marks)

I. (4,0 marks) Choose the word or phrase which best completes each sentence. Write your answers (A, B, C,
or D) on the answer sheet.
1. Hoa is staying ___________ her uncle and aunt’s house in Ha Noi now.
A. with B. on C. in D. at
2. I don’t want much sugar in my coffee. Just ___________, please.
A. a few B. a little C. fewer D. less
3. How ___________ do you go to see the dentist? – Once every two months.
A. far B. long C. often D. many
4. Hurry up! We ___________ for you. If you are slow, you are going to miss the train.
A. are waiting B. waited C. wait D. waits
5. Can you see any people in the house? Yes, only ___________
A. a little B. little C. few D. a few
6. Will you be home ___________ dinner tonight?
A. to B. at C. for D. on

Page 183
7. He came into the room, ___________ the light and ___________ the door behind him.
A. turned on/ closing B. turning on/ closed C. turned on/ closed D. turning on/ closing
8. A lot of students in my class can sing quite ___________
A. nice B. lovely C. sweet D. beautifully
9. This apartment is ____________ for us because it’s rather cheap and near the city center.
A. easy B. suitable C. ready D. large
10. After ___________ an aspirin, her headache disappeared.
A. eating B. drinking C. taking D. chewing
11. Peter: “How about going to the movies with me on Saturday night?” – Mary: “___________”.
A. Of course not B. Sure, thanks C. It’s my pleasure D. That’s very kind of you
12. Of all the schools in town, mine is ___________
A. large B. larger C. larger than D. the largest
13. Hoa is sad because she knows ___________ here.
A. someone B. no one C. anyone D. everyone
14. My joke made the whole class ___________ a lot.
A. to laugh B. laughing C. laugh D. laughed
15. Nam: “Ba is in hospital.” -Mai: “Oh really? I didn’t know. I ____________________ and visit him”.
A. will go B. am going C. am going to go D. go
16. When she was six, she had to stay home to ____________________ her younger brother.
A. take after B. look after C. keep in D. take care
17. It’s difficult to cross this street because there is too much ___________
A. crowd B. people C. traffic D. transport
18. You should pay more ___________ in class.
A. part B. care C. notice D. attention
19. The shirt looked beautiful. I tried it on but it didn’t ___________
A. fit B. match C. go with D. suit
20. Tom: “I think computers are useful.” - John: “ ____________________ “.
A. I’m not agree B. So do I C. I disagree too D. I do either

II. (1,0 mark) Supply the correct form of the words in capital to complete the sentences. Write your answer
on the answer sheet.
1. My father has a _______________________________ computer. He often brings it with him when he’s
away on business. (PORT)
2. We are all _______________________ about going on an excursion to Cuc Phuong forest next weekend.
(EXCITE)
3. Some of the children ______________________________ boys, play marbles when there is a break.
(MAIN)
4. My mother is a safe ______________________________. She cycles safely. (CYCLE)
5. Did they make a ______________________________ not to go to Italy for their vacation? (DECIDE)

D. READING COMPREHENSION (6,0 marks)

I. (2,0 marks) Read the passage and choose the best answer (A, B, C or D). Write your answers on the answer
sheet.
    You have a headache and you sneeze and cough. Your nose is all stuffed up , and it keeps running, so you
have to blow it every few minutes. You know by these ____________________(1) that you have a cold, and
you feel completely ______________(2). You are not sure if you will live through the day.
    Everyone suffers ____________________(3) the common cold at some time or other. It isn’t a serious
____________________(4), but people spend over a billion dollars a year on different kinds of cold medicine
every year. This medicine can relieve the symptoms. That is, it can make you cough
____________________(5), make your head less intense, and stop your nose ____________________(6)  for
a while. However, it can’t cure you cold. So far, ____________________(7) no cure for the common cold and
no medicine to prevent it.

Page 184
    ____________________(8) there is no cure or preventive medicine for colds, people have all kinds of ideas
about ____________________(9) to prevent and treat colds. Some people think that if you eat a lot of onions,
you won’t catch cold. ____________________(10) say that you should avoid getting wet and chilled, or you
will catch cold. However, this is apparently not so.
1. A. diseases B. fevers C. cures D. symptoms
2. A. sad B. hungry C. miserable D. thirsty
3. A. from B. of C. with D. about
4. A. misery B. illness C.  headache D. wrong
5. A. less B. fewer C.  much D. more
6. A. walking B.  jogging C. running D. flowing
7. A. it is B. there is C. they are D. there are
8. A. Although B. Because C. However D. But
9. A. what B. why C. where D. how
10. A. Other’s B. Another C. Others D. Other

II. (2,0 marks) Read the passage and choose the best answer (A, B, C or D).
     When people talk about Nha Trang, the biggest city in Khanh Hoa Province, they often think of a tropical
paradise. Nha Trang is famous for seaside resorts. It has long coastline with beautiful white sandy beaches.
     In the morning and afternoon, tourists can take part in various fascinating outdoor activities such as mud
bathing, swimming, snorkeling or scuba diving. Snorkeling and scuba diving are both interesting sports, as
swimmers may swim underwater and admire the lives at the bottom of the sea. Besides, tourists can also take
boat trips to the islands. One of the most enjoyable trips is the trip to Mieu Island, where Tri Nguyen Aquarium
was built in 1999. This aquarium is now home to different kinds of colorful fish and even a few sharks.
     In addition, tourists can spend an evening visiting a fishing village, where they could get a taste of the local
seafood. There are crabs, shrimps, lobsters, clams, oysters and several other kinds of fish – all are fresh and
delicious.
1. According to the passage, Nha Trang is famous for________________________________.
A. its fresh and delicious seafood B. seaside resorts
C. its tropical climate D. the friendliness of its people
2. Tourists can take part in one of various fascinating outdoor activities such as
________________________________.
A. visiting Nha Trang Pasteur Institute B. eating the local seafood
C. visiting Tri Nguyen Aquarium D. scuba diving
3. At Tri Nguyen Aquarium, visitors can enjoy ________________________________.
A. watching a few sharks only B. swimming underwater and admiring the fish
C. watching sharks and various kinds of colorful fish D. feeding the fish
4. At a fishing village, tourists can ________________________________.
A. get a taste of the local seafood B. choose crabs, shrimps
C. catch the fish and cook them D. enjoy fishing
5. Which of the following sentences is NOT true about Nha Trang according to the passage?
A. Nha Trang is a nice seaside resort. B. Tri Nguyen Aquarium is on an island.
C. Most tourists are interested in snorkeling. D. The local seafood is fresh and delicious.

III. (2,0 marks) Fill in the blanks with ONE suitable word. Write your answers on the answer sheet.
Books play a very important__________(1) in our life. It’s true that every family __________ (2)
books. We can__________(3) books every where. We can __________(4) many things from books.
Books____(5) us in self-education and deciding__________ (6) in life.
Today, there are a lot of public __________(7) in our country and all people have the right to__________(8)
them.
Each year hundreds of new books for__________ (9) appear in Viet Nam. The books are very __________
(10) and children like reading them very much.

E. WRITING (6,0 marks)

Page 185
I. (2,0 marks) Choose the answer (A, B, C, or D) to show the underlined part that needs correction in each
of the following questions.

Page 186
1. My brother doesn’t like peas and he doesn’t like carrots, too .

Page 187
 A B C D

Page 188
2. Let’s getting some of these vegetables, shall we ?

Page 189
 A B C D

Page 190
3. Many people prefer watching TV than reading books .

Page 191
A B C D

Page 192
4. Staying at home all day sounds boringly to me .

Page 193
A B C D

Page 194
5. I’d like to go out and playing with my friends .

Page 195
 A B C D

Page 196
6. We usually help our mother about the housework in our free time .

Page 197
 A B C D
7. There is fewer work in the evening than there is in the morning
A B C D
8. Mr. Quang soon got used to travel to work by bicycle.
A B C D
9. The doctor says you should spend only a small part of your free time to play video games.
A B C D
10. From at seven in the morning until four in the afternoon, Tuan works in the fields with his father.
A B C D

II. (2,0 marks) Finish the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one, beginning with
the given words or phrases.
1. It took Mr. Hoang half an hour to walk to work yesterday.
 Mr. Hoang spent ....................................................................................................................................
2. What is the price of this pair of shoes?
 How much ............................................................................................................................................?
3. Mai is the youngest of the three girls.
 Mai is .....................................................................................................................................................
4. Her sister cooks well.
 Her sister is ............................................................................................................................................
5. They think that learning English is not easy.
 They think that it ....................................................................................................................................
6. I like listening to music more than watching TV.
 I prefer ...................................................................................................................................................
7. Lap is the most intelligent in his class.
 No one ....................................................................................................................................................
8. Can you tell me the width of West Lake?
 Can you tell me how ............................................................................................................................?
9. Walking is the most popular activity at my school.
 Other activities are .................................................................................................................................
10. Mr. Thanh couldn’t enjoy the meal because of the stomachache.
 The stomachache prevented ...................................................................................................................

III. (2,0 marks) Write a story for a competition (in 120-180 words in an appropriate style), The story must begin
with the following words:
Last night, I was tired so …

Page 198
 Keys – practice 47
B. PHONETICS. ( 1,0 mark ) Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from
the others in each group. Write your answers (A, B, C or D) on the answer sheet.
Mỗi đáp án đúng được 0,2 điểm
1. A 2. C 3. C 4. D 5. B

C. GRAMMAR & VOCABULARY. (5,0 marks)

I. (4,0 marks) Choose the word or phrase which best completes each sentence. Write your answers (A, B, C,
or D) on the answer sheet.
Mỗi đáp án đúng được 0,2 điểm
1. D. at 2. B. a little 3. C. often 4. A. are waiting 5. D. a few
6. C. for 7. C. turned on/ 8. D. beautifully 9. B. suitable 10. C. taking
closed
11. B. Sure, thanks 12. D. the largest 13. B. no one 14. C. laugh 15. A. will go
16. B. look after 17. C. traffic 18. D. attention 19. A. fit 20. B. So do I

II. (1,0 mark) Supply the correct form of the words in capital to complete the sentences. Write your answer
on the answer sheet.
Mỗi đáp án đúng được 0,2 điểm
1. portable 2. excited 3. mainly 4. cyclist 5. decision

D. READING COMPREHENSION (6,0 marks)

I. (2,0 marks) Read the passage and choose the best answer.
Mỗi đáp án đúng được 0,2 điểm
1. D. symptoms 2. C. miserable 3. A. from 4. B. illness 5. A. less
6. C. running 7. B. there is 8. A. Although 9. D. how 10. C. Others

II. (2,0 marks) Read the passage and choose the best answer.
Mỗi đáp án đúng được 0,4 điểm
1. B 2. D 3. C 4. A 5. C

III. (2,0 marks) Fill in the blanks with ONE suitable word.
Mỗi đáp án đúng được 0,2 điểm
1. part/ role 2. has 3. see / find 4. learn 5. help
6. problems 7. libraries 8. use 9. children 10. interesting

E. WRITING (6,0 marks)

I. (2,0 marks) Choose the answer (A, B, C, or D) to show the underlined part that needs correction in each
of the following questions.
Mỗi đáp án đúng được 0,2 điểm
1. D 2. B 3. C 4. C 5. B
6. C 7. B 8. B 9. D 10. A

II. (2,0 marks) Finish the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one, beginning with
the given words or phrases.
Mỗi đáp án đúng được 0,2 điểm. Nếu có sai sót nhỏ, giám khảo trừ ½ số điểm thành phần.
1. It took Mr. Hoang half an hour to walk to work yesterday.
 Mr. Hoang spent half an hour walking to work yesterday.
2. What is the price of this pair of racquets?
 How much is this pair of shoes / does this pair of shoes cost?
3. Mai is the youngest of the three girls.
 Mai is younger than the other two girls.

Page 199
4. Her sister cooks well.
 Her sister is a good cook.
5. They think that learning English is not easy.
 They think that it is not easy to learn English.
6. I like listening to music more than watching TV.
 I prefer listening to music to watching TV.
7. Lap is the most intelligent in his class.
 No one in his class is as intelligent as Lap / No one in his class is more intelligent than Lap.
8. Can you tell me the width of West Lake?
 Can you tell me how wide West Lake is?
9. Walking is the most popular activity at my school.
 Other activities are less popular than walking at my school.
10. Mr. Thanh couldn’t enjoy the meal because of the stomachache.
 The stomachache prevented Mr. Thanh from enjoying the meal.

III. (2,0 marks) Write a story for a competition (in 120-180 words in an appropriate style), The story must
begin with the following words:
Last night, I was tired so …
Tùy theo bài viết của học sinh.
 Style: appropriate: 0.5
 Spelling + Grammar: accurate: 0.5
 Variety of appropriate language: 0.5
 The climax or key moment of the story: 0.5

Page 200
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 48
I. Chọn từ có cách phát âm khác ở phần gạch chân trong mỗi dòng sau.
1. A. teenager B. together C. guess D. regular
2. A. touched B. laughed C. talked D. rented
3. A. horrible B. hour C. hundred D. hold
4. A. stove B. moment C. sometimes D. close
5 A. receive B. score C. scout D. comics
6. A. mind B. thing C. kind D. tidy
7. A. meat B. health C. teacher D. seat
8. A. party B. lovely C. sky D. city
9. A. plays B. looks C. wants D. helps
10. A. next B. letter C. better D. pretty
Your answer:
1:……………. 2:…………….. 3:……………. 4:……………… 5:…………….
6:……………. 7:……………. 8:……………. 9:……………. 10:………….

II. Chọn một đáp án thích hợp để hoàn thành câu.

11. He flies all over the region on the airplane. He is a……………………….
A. doctor B. teacher C. worker D. pilot
12. The news………………bad lastnight.
A. is B. are C. were D. was
13. “ What about going to the movies?” – “ …………………..”
A. that’s a good idea. B. thanks
C. Yes, I’d love to D. We are going to the movie
14. He ate some dirty vegetables lastnight, so he had a ……………...
A. headache B. a stomachache C. toothache D. a bad cold
15. Would you like to have ……………water?
A. some B. any C. a few D. many
16. …………. interesting stories are !
A. What B. Why C. How D. Which
17. I need some butter. I’m going to the…………..
A. grocer’s B. stationer’s C. butcher’s D. baker’s
18. I promise I ………………. and visit you.
A. am going to come B. will come C. am coming D. came
19. My brother doesn’t like pork, and………………
A. either do I B. neither do I C. neither I do D. I don’t, too.
20. I am pleased that you and your family are…………..
A. good B. well C. best D. better
21. These drivers prefer driving…………walking.
A. than B. to C. for D. on
22. I often spend an hour…………..English everyday.
A. to learn B. to learning C. learns D. learning
23. There are ………….students playing games in the school yard now.
A. hundreds of B. hundreds C. hundred of D. hundred
24. She is never late for school and…………..is her sister.
A. either B. so C. neither D. too
25. My mother plays volleyball………………
A. skill B. skillful C. skillfully D. skilled
26. We study about graphs, equations and caculator in……………….classes.
A. History B. Math C. Geography D. English
27. My mother has…………friends than my father.
A. more B. many C. less D. fewest
28. The doctor says you should spend…………..time playing video games.

Page 201
 A. lots of B. all your C. most of your D. little
29. Nga decided ………………….how to use a sewing machine.
A. to learn B. learn C. learning D. learnt
30. Listen! Someone ………………….a song the next room
A. sing B. sings C. is singing D. are singing

11:…………….. 12:…………….. 13:…………….. 14:…………….. 15:…………..

16:…………….. 17:…………….. 18:…………….. 19:…………….. 20:.…………..
21:…………….. 22:…………….. 23:…………….. 24:…………….. 25:.…………..
26:…………….. 27:…………….. 28:…………….. 29:…………….. 30:.…………..

III. Mỗi câu sau trong 4 đáp án A, B , C , D có 1 lỗi sai . Hãy tìm và sửa lại cho đúng.
31. Many people prefer taking part in sports than watching them.
A B C D
32. My father has less days off than Tim’s father.
A B C D
33. Three days ago, The Browns go for a picnic in the country.
A B C D
34. You look tired. You’d better stay inside on recess.
A B C D
35. We have English classes in Monday, Wednesday and Friday.
A B C D
36. Da Nang is one of the biggest city in Viet Nam.
A B C D
37. Nga is a keen student and she studies very hardly before tests.
A B C D
38. Tuan is the more intelligent student in our class.
A B C D
39.My father always has a lot of houseworks to do.
A B C D
40. My brother doesn't like durians, and I don't like them, too.
A B C D
Your anwer:
31:……………………………………. 36:…………………………………….
32:……………………………………. 37:…………………………………….
33:……………………………………. 38:……………………………………..
34:…………………………………….. 39:……………………………………..
35:…………………………………….. 40:…………………………………….

IV. Đọc đoạn văn rồi chọn đáp án đúng nhất để hoàn thành câu:
James has two jobs. (41) ____________ Monday, Tuesday and Wednesday he works in a (42)
____________ where he helps to look after children who (43) ____________ill. He goes to the hospital (44)
____________bus. He starts (45) ____________at ten o’clock and works until quarter (46) ____________five.
He (47) ____________at home on Thursday and Friday, he writes stories. In (48) ____________ evening, one
of his roommates cooks the meal. After dinner, they (49) ____________at the newspapers to see what’s on TV
or they (50) ____________ about the day.
41. A. At B. In C. On D.Up
42. A. school B. hospital C. office D.factory
43. A. am B. is C. are D.be
44. A. in B. on C. under D.by
45. A. job B. day C. hand D.work
46. A. to B. at C. working D.to work

Page 202
48. A. a B. an C. O D. the
49. A. see B. watch C. look D. meet
50. A. sing B. talk C. hear D. listen
Your answer:
41:……………. 42:…………….. 43:……………. 44:……………… 45:………….
46:……………. 47:……………. 48:……………. 49:……………. 50:………….

V. Đọc đoạn văn sau và trả lời câu hỏi.

In the summer holiday, Mr. and Mrs. Brown and their children, Peter and Susan often go to the beach
for two or three days. They always go to Vung Tau in the south of Viet Nam. They usually stay in a small
house or a flat by the sea, but sometimes they stay in a hotel. Last summer, they went to Nha Trang. They
stayed at the Sun Shine hotel for three days. In the morning, Peter played soccer with his father on the beach.
Susan and her mother walked long the beach and built sand castles. They visited Tri Nguyen aquarium and saw
different kinds of fish there. They also bought a lot of souvenirs for friends.
Questions:
51. Where do the Browns often go for their summer vacation?
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
1. Where did they go last summer?
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
1. How long did they stay there?
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
2. What did Susan and her mother o in the morning?
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
3. Who did Peter play soccer on the beach with?
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
VI. Cho dạng đúng của từ in hoa trong ngoặc.
4. This is one of the………….films I’ve ever seen. (BAD) ……………………………..
5. I’m Vietnamese. What’s your………………. (NATION) ……………………………..
6. Hung is a very safe…………… (DRIVE) ……………………………..
59. Edison’s most famous ………. was the electronic bulb. (INVENT) ……………………………..
60. You should do morning exercises to have a………....body.(HEALTH) ……………………………..
61. There are about 200 ………….in this company. (EMPLOY) ……………………………..
62. Mai studies English very …………………. (GOOD) ……………………………..
63. .Linda is the most.............. of the two girls. (BEAUTY) ……………………………..
64. The most popular ………….. at recess is talking . (ACT) ……………………………..
65. Hoa is having a....................check-up.(MEDICINE) ……………………………..
Your answer:
56:……………………………………. 61:…………………………………….
57:……………………………………. 62:…………………………………….
58:……………………………………. 63:……………………………………..
59:…………………………………….. 64:……………………………………..
60:…………………………………….. 65:…………………………………….

VII. Viết lại các câu sau đây sao cho nghĩa không thay đổi.
1. Linh is eleven years old. Mai is twelve years old
àMai is………………………………………………………….............……….…….
2. Going to the cinema is better than reading books at home.
àI prefer……………………………………………………………………………….
3. Hong Son is a very good soccer player.
àHong Son Plays……………………………………………………………………...
69. Who is the owner of this book?
(Who does…………………………………………………………………………….
70. Mount Everest is the hihgest mountain in the world.
Page 203
 àNo mountain…………………………………………………………………….….
71. February often has 28 days.
àThere …………………………………………………………………………….….
72. What a luxurious car!
àHow…………………………………………………………………………….….!
73. It takes me an hour to do my homework every evening.
àI spend ……………………………………………………………………….….…
74. What is the price of this cap?
(How much.......................................................................…………………….…...?
75. Finding an apartment in a big city is not easy.
àIt is …………………………………………………………….……………………
VIII. Hoàn thành các câu sau dùng từ cho sẵn:
1. Would/ like/ go/ movie theater/ me/ tonight?
………………………………………………………………………………………..?
2. You/ ought/ not/ drink/ coffee/because/ it/ not/ good/ you.
………………………………………………………………………………………..
3. It/ take/ he/ 30 minutes/ go/ Ky Anh town/ motorbike.
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
4. My home land/ tobe/ different/ yours.
………………………………………………………………………………………..
5. Could/show/me/ how/ to/ get/ post office/ , please?
………………………………………………………………………………………..
6. Ba/ interested/ collect/ stamps.
………………………………………………………………………………………..
7. Lastnight,/ Mr. Lam/ watch/ interesting/ film/ TV
………………………………………………………………………………………..
8. They/ rehearse/ play/ the school anniversary/ celebration/ at present.
………………………………………………………………………………………..
9. She/ usually/ go/ library/ her free time.
………………………………………………………………………………………..
10. There/ tobe/ one/ table/ four chairs/ dining-room.
………………………………………………………………………………………..
IX. Hãy điền một giới từ thích hợp vào mỗi chỗ trống để hoàn thành những câu sau.
11. Life ……….the city is different from that in the country.
12. Trang received a letter …………her aunt last week.
13. Eating too much candy is bad …………you.
14. Bao is very good ………………fixing house hold appliances.
15. We usally go fishing ………….summer.
16. They always go to school …………foot.
17. There are some English books ……….. the back of the library.
18. My school team took part …………… walking competition last year.
19. Please, come ……………….. It is cold outside.
20. Mr. Long is having a meeting ………….8.00 and 10.00 am today.
Your answer:
81:……………. 82:…………….. 83:……………. 84:……………… 85:………….
86:……………. 87:……………. 88:……………. 89:……………. 90:………….

X. Chia động từ trong ngoặc ở thì đúng:

21. We can’t go out now because it (rain) ……………………
22. How much it (cost) …………….to mail a latter to England?
23. I (go)…………..back in a few minutes, I promise.
24. Tam’s penpal (write)……………..her twice a month.
100. They (go)............... to Nha Trang last month?

Page 204
Your anwer:
96:………………………………… ………….….………….
97:………………………………… ………….….………….
98:………………………………… ………….….………….
99:………………………………… ……………………..…..
100:………………………………… ………….…………….

Page 205
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 49
PART TWO: PHONETICS (2pts)
I. Choose the word whose underlined part pronounced differently from the others by circling A, B, C or
D (1 pt)
1. A. album B. used C. amusement D. scuba - diving
2. A. minority B. gramophone C. robbery D. monument
3. A. ancient B. arcade C. contest D. coral
4. A. invention B. depend C. resort D. defeat
5. A. attraction B. battle C. veteran D. character

II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the others by circling A, B, C or D. (1pt)
1. A. decide B. prefer C. listen D. enjoy
2. A. middle B. around C. friendly D. country
3. A. concert B. teenager C. comfortable D. cartoon
4. A. battle B. decorate C. delicious D. grandmother
5. A. skillful B. discovery C. problem D. popular

PART THREE: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR (6pts)

I. Circle best option A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences (2pts)
1. My father ……………………………….run very fast when he was a child..
A. can B. could C. able to D. will able to
2. ……………….robot can build house and building.
A. Doctor B. Home C. Worker D. Space
3. My teacher always advises me…………..hard
A. studying B. study C. studied D. to study
4. Some students are making a lot of ……...in the school yard.
A. noise B. noisy C. noisier D. noisily
5. You’d rather ………….….kinds of books.
A. read B. reading C. to read D. reads
6. My father is used …..........up early every morning.
A. to get B. getting C. for getting D. to getting
7. Five months ago, he………………….build the house.
A. be able to B. will able C. can D. could
8. Liz liked……………..….. the dolphin and the color of the cap.
A. either B. neither C. both D. none
9. Minh will be 18 ……………………...her next birthday.
A. in B. on C. at D. with
10. He divided the cake ……………….pieces
A. into B. between C. for D. during
II. Use the words given in brackets to form a word that fits in the space.(2pts)
1. Watching T.V is very interesting and I am very ……………………in it. (INTEREST)
2. Is your father a …...........................….? (BUSINESS)
3. Our new ................................, Hung learns English very well. (CLASS)
4. I don’t like this chair. It’s ……............….. . (COMFORT)
5. She is having a ............................. check-up. (MEDICINE)
6. It’s …............… today in Hanoi. (SUN)
7. We must remember to eat…………………………….. (SENSE)
8. My mother …………………………….a pan and stir- fried the beef. (HOT)
9. Ba has a very……………………tooth. (PAIN)
10. Hoa spent her….........................…..in the country. (CHILD)
III. Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the verb in the bracket. (1pt)
1. David( ever / live)…………………………….in this town.

Page 206
2. Van ( go) ……………………………to school on foot every day.
3. I and my friends ( play) ……………………..soccer in school yard yesterday.
4. Her father ( not / work)……………………….in the cinema last year.
5. They ( never / be)……………………………in Paris.
6. There ( be)………………………….some oranges on the dinner table five hours ago.
7. We ( cycle)…………………….to the beach last Friday.
8. He always (do)………………….his homework after dinner.
9. How many balls ( Nam/ have)…………………………………..?
10. Yesterday (be)……………Sunday, but his father and mother ( not/ be)…………..at home
IV. Fill each gap of the following sentences with a suitable preposition. (1pt)
1. How far is it…………..Hanoi …………..Ho Chi Minh city?
2. MC is a person who announces ………………..an event.
3. There is a good film…………………TV tonight.
4. My sister often goes to school……………….foot.
5. They travel to Japan………………plane.
6. Who is the first man………………the moon?
7. I like playing badminton……………my brother.
8. Staying……………home and watching TV are my hobbies.
9. Can I talk ............................. you for a moment?
10.My aunt sliced the beef .......................thin strips.
PART FOUR: READING (5pts)
I. Circle best option A, B, C or D to complete the following passage (2pts)
Learning a foreign language is in some way, like learning how to fly. There are some (1)………….…., but
there is a very important similarity. It is learning how (2)………….…….these things needs
(3)..........................practice. It is never enough (4)…………………a book on how to fly a plane. A book can
give you a lot of (5)……………..…… about how to fly, but if you only read that book, then try to fly (6)
………….…… any practice, you (7)…………..…. yourself. The same is true of learning a foreign language.
For example, Can you (8)………….. English well without having lots (9)……………….practice? “Practice
makes perfect” is what every learner (10)………….……… a foreign language should know.
1. A .difference B . different C . differences D. differ
2. A .do B . doing C . done D . to do
3. A . a few B . lot of C . a lot of D . lot
4. A . to read B . read C . reading D . reader
5. A . informative B . information C . informatic D . inform
6. A . without B . and C. for D . over
7. A . kill B . will kill C . killed D . would killed
8. A . speaks B . speaking C . speak D . spoke
9. A . in B . for C . of D . at
10. A .of B . at C . .for D . to
II. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word to complete the passage (2pts)
Tom is a new American friend of (1)…………………..….. . He is very (2) …………….to tell me about
his new (3)…………..……… His lessons begin at nine each morning and (4)…………..………until half past
ten. Then he has a (5)………………….for a quarter of an hour. During this time he usually talks to his friends
about many things such (6) …….……………the last class or last night’s movie, He has five (7) …………….
…….in the morning and three in the afternoon. Tom’s favorite (8) ……………..…..is English. The first term
lasts four (9)…………………….. from September to December. Tom tries his (10)………….…………….to
become a good student in the class.
III. Read the passage and answer the questions (1pt)
Once upon a time there was a girl called Cindy. She had to work very hard all day while her lazy sister
did nothing. One night her sister went to a party at the palace. Cindy was very sad because she had to be at
home. Suddenly, a fairy appeared and told her that she could go to the party, but turn back by midnight. She
also changed Cindy’s rags into beautiful clothes. Then she went to the party and danced with the Prince. At
midnight she ran back home, leaving one of her shoes on the dance floor. The prince wanted to see her again

Page 207
and went to every house in the capital until he found that the shoe was the right size for Cindy. She and the
Prince were married and lived happily ever after.
1. What’s her name?
………………………………………………………………………………………………..
2. Where did Cindy’s sister go one night?
………………………………………………………………………………………………..
3. Why was Cindy sad?
………………………………………………………………………………………………..
4. Who appeared and helped her?
………………………………………………………………………………………………..
5. Who wanted to see her again?
……………………………………………………………………………………………
PART FIVE: WRITING (5pts)
I. Find out the mistakes then correct (1pt)
1. He has less friends in his class now than he had last year.
2. I remember that I have something new to told you.
3. It ‘s important for every students to have a book.
4. He stopped to smoke because cigarettes are harmful to his health.
5. This is my two child. The first is at home.
II. Finish the second sentence in such way that is similar to the original one (2pts)
1. It isn’t important for you to finish the work to day.
You don’t……………………………………………………………………………
2. He is a slower and more careful driver than I am.
I drive……………………………………………………………………………
3. The boy spends 3 hours a day learning the lesson.
It takes………………………………………………………………………………
4. He prefers oranges to durians.
He likes…………………………………………………………………………….
5. She didn’t go to school yesterday because of her sickness.
Because she……………………………………………………………………………….
6. There are eight hundred stamps in his collection.
His collection.......................................................................................................................
7. How heavy is the buffalo?
What ................................................................................................................................?
8. Shall we go to the zoo?
Let's ..................................................................................................................................!
9. Listening to music is more interesting than watching TV.
I prefer...............................................................................................................................
10. He likes drawing, but he doesn’t draw well.
Although………………………………………………………………………………….
III. In about 100 words, write about your best friend and tell why you like him or her (2pts)
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Page 208
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 50
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. change B. hungry C. stronger D. single
2. A. intention B. material C. mature D. intensity
3. A. rises B. houses C. raises D. promises
4. A. hand B. bank C. sand D. band
5. A. battle B. magic C. nag D. dismayed
II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from that of the others. There is an example at the
beginning (0). (0.5 pt)
1. A. national B. engineer C. interesting D. scientist
2. A. responsible B. environment C. importance D. residential
3. A. provide B. combine C. service D. account
4. A. difference B. difficult C. supporting D. beautiful
5. A. social B. reply C. contain D. appear

PART II. GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY (4.0 points)

I. Choose the best word or phrase to complete the following sentences. (2.0 pt)
1. ___________ is normally used to refer to the treatment and training of the child within the home.
A. Feeding B. Mothering C. Upbringing D. Educating
2. Several important methods were ___________ for preserving food in the nineteenth century.
A. seen B. covered C. prepared D. invented
3. A man is walking towards me. ___________ man is carrying ___________ parcel.
A. A / the B. The/ a C. Ø/ the D. The/ Ø
4. A few years after you buy it, a house is usually ___________ much more than it originally costs you.
A. expensive B. worth C. worthy D. valueless
5. I will do anything but ___________ the dishes.
A. wash B. washed C. washing D. will wash
6. I am so tired that I can't make ___________ what you are saying.
A. up B. in C. out D. on
7. I remember ___________ the letter some time ago but I can’t remember exactly when.
A. to post B. posted C. posting D. post
8. They warned us ___________ to the seaside in that month.
A. to not go B. not to go C. not to going D. not go
9. “I really like your new shoes.” - “And they cost less than I ___________.”
A. expect B. was expected C. had expected D. am expecting
10. Those kids are always ___________ trouble.
A. looking up to B. getting into C. finding about D. putting with
11. It is essential that he ___________ that contract.
A. refuse B. refuses C. refusing D. is refusing
12. Either of these buses ____________ past the university.
A. go B. goes C. have gone D. going
13. ____________ the flight’s delay, they did not attend the conference.
A. Because B. Although C. Because of D. As
14. It ____________ that many people are homeless after the floods.
A. were reported B. reports C. is reported D. reporting
15. This shirt is much prettier, but it costs ____________ the other one.
A. so much as B. as many as C. twice as much as D. twice as many
16. Don’t worry about her ____________________ .
A. complaintment B. complaination C. complanation D. complaint
17. Please forgive me. I didn’t want _____________ you.
A. to upset B. upsetting C. to be upset D. being upset
18. Vitamin C ____________ by the human body, it gets into the blood stream quickly.
A. absorbs easily B. is easily absorbed

Page 209
 C. is being absorbed easily D. absorbed easily
19. What would you like to eat for lunch? - ______________, I don’t mind.
A. Nothing B. Something C. Every thing D. Anything
20. 3/4 means ____________ .
A. third quarters B. three quarters C. three fourthD. thirth fourth

II. Give the correct form of the words in capital letters. (1.0 pt)

GETTING AHEAD IN BUSINESS

Your chances of success can be greatly increased if you follow a few simple
rules in your working life. First of all, remember that your (1) ______________ 1. EMPLOY
wants you to do well- that's what you are being paid for. Many companies choose 2. AMBITION
(2) ____________________ young people to work for them and provide a lot of 3.
(3) _____________________ for their workers. Working for a large, ENCOURAGE
international company may provide job (4) _____________________. On the 4. SECURE
other hand, a smaller company might give you the chance to use your (5) 5. IMAGINE
_______________________ more.
Secondly, remember that any experience you gain will always (6) 6. STRONG
____________________ your position in the company. The company wants (7) 7. PROVE
_____________________ that you want to get to the top. Take any opportunity 8. TRAIN
you get to go on (8) _______________________ courses related to your work. 9. QUALIFY
The more (9) ______________________ you are, the better chance you have of
being promoted. Finally, don't give up, even when you are (10) 10. SUCCESS
______________________. Stick with it and you'll get there in the end.

III. The passage below contains 10 errors. UNDERLINE and CORRECT them. Write your answers in
the numbered blanks provided. There is an example at the beginning. (1.0 pt)

After an absence in thirty years, I decided 0………for……….

visiting my old school again. I had expected to find changes, 1……………..……
but no a completely different building. As I walked up the school ground, 2……………..……
I wondered for a moment if I had come at the right address. 3……………..……
The grimy, red brick fortress with their tall windows that had 4……………..……
looked up grimly on the playground and playing fields 5……………..……
had swept away. In its place stood a bright, modern block 6……………..……
risen from the ground on great concrete stilts. A huge expanse 7………………..…
of glass extending across the face of the building, and in front, 8……………..……
there was a well-kept lawn where previous there had been 9……………..……
untidy gravel yard. 10…………………

PART III. READING (3.0 points)

I. Read the passage below and fill each blank with ONE suitable word. (1.0 pt)
Speech is one of the most important (1) ____________ of communicating. It consists of far more than just
making noises. To talk and also to be (2) ______________________ by other people, we have to speak a
language, that is, we have to use combinations of (3) _____________ that everyone agrees stand for particular
object or idea. Communication would be impossible if everyone made up their own language.
(4) _____________ a language properly is very important. The basic (5) ____________________ of
English is not very large, and only about 2000 words are needed to (6) _____________ it quite well. But the
more words you know, the more ideas you can (7) _____________ and the more precise you can be about their
exact meaning.

Page 210
 Words are the (8) ______________________ thing we use in communicating what we want to say. The
(9) ______________ we say the words is also very important. Our tone of voice can express many emotions
and (10) _____________ whether we are pleased or angry, for instance.
II. Read the text and decide which answer best fits each space given. (1.0 pt)
THE BAT
The bat may seem an ordinary creature, but in fact it is an amazing animal. The bat has wings and is the
only animal (1) _____________ of true flight. There are many (2) _____________ species of bat. In Britain (3)
___________ there are fourteen types of bat, which ranges in sizes from a few inches to (4) ___________ feet
in wingspan.
Bats are nocturnal animals (5) ___________ become active only at dusk. Many species (6)
___________ on a “radar” system to find their way around. The bat emits squeaks and then measures the
echoes to “see” how far away any (7) ___________ .
The (8) ___________ of bats survive on a diet of insects while others eat fruit. There are two species
which eat fish and there are even some bats which eat meat! Some vampire bats take blood (9) ___________
their sleeping victims. These bats may carry the deadly disease rabies.
Bats are sociable creatures and form large colonies. Most bats (10) ___________ throughout the winter
months. Many people are afraid of bats without even seeing one. Perhaps if we learn more about these
wonderful creatures, we will no longer fear them.
1. A. capable B. able C. possible D. probable
2. A. differing B. contrast C. different D. conflicting
3. A. all B. alone C. lonely D. lonesome
4. A. various B. few C. little D. several
5. A. whose B. who C. which D. they
6. A. put B. rely C. stand D. confide
7. A. hindrance B. barrier C. obstacle D. blockage
8. A. majority B. population C. amount D. number
9. A. out B. off C. of D. from
10. A. hibernate B. sleep C. hide D. rest
III. Read the following passage and choose the best answer. (1.0 pt)
Reading to oneself is a modern activity which was almost unknown to the scholars of the classical and
medieval worlds, while during the fifteenth century the term “reading” undoubtedly meant reading aloud. Only
during the nineteenth century did silent reading become commonplace.
One should be wary, however, of assuming that silent reading came about simply because reading
aloud was a distraction to others. Examinations of factors related to the historical development of silent reading
have revealed that it became the usual mode of reading for most adults mainly because the tasks themselves
changed in character.
The last century saw a steady gradual increase in literacy and thus in the number of readers. As the
number of readers increased, the number of potential listeners declined and thus there was some education in
the need to read aloud. As reading for the benefit of listeners grew less common, so came the flourishing of
reading as a private activity in such public places as libraries, railway carriages and offices, where reading
aloud would cause distraction to other readers.
Towards the end of the century, there was still considerable argument over whether books should be
used for information or treated respectfully and over whether the reading of materials such as newspapers was
in some way mentally weakening. Indeed, this argument remains with us still in education. However, whatever
its virtues, the old shared literacy culture had gone and was replaced by the printed mass media on the one
hand and by books and periodicals for a specialized readership on the other.
By the end of the twentieth century, students were being recommended to adopt attitudes to books and to use
reading skills which were inappropriate, if not impossible, for the oral reader. The social, cultural and
technological changes in the century had greatly altered what the term “reading” implied.

1. Reading aloud was more common in the medieval world because____________.

A. there were few places available for private reading
B. people relied on reading for entertainment

Page 211
 C. few people could read to themselves
D. silent reading had not been discovered
2. The word “commonplace” in the first paragraph mostly means “ ____________”.
A. most preferable B. widely used
C. for everybody’s use D. attracting attention
3. The development of silent reading during the last century indicated____________.
A. an increase in the number of books B. a change in the nature of reading
C. a change in the status of literate people D. an increase in the average age of readers
4. Silent reading, especially in public places, flourished mainly because of____________.
A. the decreasing number of listeners B. the decreasing need to read aloud
C. the development of libraries D. the increase in literacy
5. It can be inferred that the emergence of the mass media and specialized reading materials was an indication
of____________.
A. a change in the readers’ interest B. a decline of standards of literacy
C. an improvement of printing techniques D. an alteration in educationalists’ attitudes
6. The phrase “a specialized readership” in paragraph 4 mostly means “____________”.
A. a limited number of readers in a particular area of knowledge
B. a reading volume for particular professionals
C. a status for readers specialized in mass media
D. a requirement for readers in a particular area of knowledge
7. The phrase “oral reader” in the last paragraph mostly means “a person who____________”
A. is good at public speaking B. practices reading to an audience
C. takes part in an audition D. is interested in spoken language
8. All of the following might be the factors that affected the continuation of the old shared literacy culture
EXCEPT____________.
A. the printed mass media B. the diversity of reading materials
C. the specialized readership D. the inappropriate reading skills
9. Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE according to the passage?
A. Reading aloud was more common in the past than it is today.
B. The change in reading habits was partly due to the social, cultural and technological changes.
C. The decline of reading aloud was wholly due to its distracting effect.
D. Not all printed mass media was appropriate for reading about.
10. The writer of this passage is attempting to____________.
A. encourage the growth of reading B. explain how reading habits have developed
C. show how reading methods have improved D. change people’s attitudes

PART IV. WRITING (2.0 points)

I. For each of the sentences below, write a new sentence as similar as possible in meaning to the original
sentence, using the words in brackets. These words MUST NOT be altered in any way. There is an
example at the beginning (0). (1.0pt)
0. I haven’t phoned her since she left for Paris. (LAST)
→ The last time I phoned her was when she left for Paris.
1. I thought she bore a strong resemblance to her grandmother. (REMINDED)
→ She ……………………………………………...…………………………………............……..
2. Sarah wore dark glasses so that no one would recognize her. (AVOID)
→ Sarah ……………………………………………………………..………………..........………..
3. She intended to find out who is responsible for the accident. (INTENTION)
→ She ……………………………………………………………………………….......…………..
4. I haven’t decided yet whether to move or not. (MIND)
→ I haven’t..........................................................................................................................................
5. I don’t normally go into town by car. (USED)
→ I.......................................................................................................................................................
6. She started working as a secretary five years ago. (BEEN)

Page 212
 → She has ……………………………………………………...........................……………………
7. You might fall if you’re not careful. (OR)
→ Be careful ……………………………………………......….....................……………………...
8. “I’ve seen the films three times, Mary” said George. (TOLD)
→ George ……………………………………………....................................……………………...
9. I haven’t eaten this kind of food before. (TIME)
→ This is the …………………………………………......................................................................
10. When I get home, I’m going to have a shower straight away. (SOON)
→ I’m going to …………………………………………………......................…………………….

II. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the sentence
printed before it. Write your answers in the spaces provided. There is an example at the beginning (0). (1.0
pt)
0. We are looking forward to going abroad this summer.
→ We are excited about going abroad this summer.
1. That meal was excellent.
→ What ..............................................................................................................................................!
2. I don’t really want to visit the museum.
→ I’d rather ........................................................................................................................................
3. Please don’t smoke in this area of the restaurant.
→ Customers are requested ................................................................................................................
4. Although he took a taxi, Peter arrived late for the concert.
→ In spite .........................................................................................................................................
5. I left without saying goodbye as I didn’t want to disturb the meeting.
→ Rather ............................................................................................................................................
6. The cost of living has fallen considerably in the past week.
→ There has .......................................................................................................................................
7. The only way you can become a good athlete is by training hard every day.
→ Only by .........................................................................................................................................
8. “Could you guard against my handbag while I go to the toilet?”
→ Could you keep an .......................................................................................................................?
9. He regrets having invited her to the party.
→ He wishes ......................................................................................................................................
10. “I admit that I forgot to turn on the alarm system,” said Robert.

→ Robert confessed to ........................................................................................................................

Page 213